5 Scholia on Orestes 301–400
Or. 301.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨βᾶσα⟩: πορευθεῖσα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2CrOx
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 302.01 (302–305) (vet paraphr) 1διὰ τούτων φησὶν μὴ ἄγαν ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ διάφθειρε σαυτὴν, ἵνα μὴ νοσήσῃς· 2εἰ γὰρ τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι κτήσῃ νόσον τινὰ καὶ ἀποστῇς, κἀγὼ τῆς σῆς παρουσίας ἐστερημένος ἀπόλλυμαι. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaY2
TRANSLATION: With these words he says: ‘Do not thoroughly ruin yourself with sleeplessness and hunger, lest you fall ill. For if you catch some illness by sitting in tendance beside me and withdraw, I too am destroyed once deprived of your presence’.
LEMMA: 303 σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι MBC, σῖτον τ’ ὄρεξε (αι s.l.) Pr, lemma 304 εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις με VRw, εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις MnRbSa, οὐ γὰρ προλείψεις S REF. SYMBOL: (to 304) VRbSa POSITION: between 319.01 and 317.01 Rw
APP. CRIT.: 1 διὰ τούτων φησὶν] πάρασχε σεαυτῇ βρώματα Y2 | διὰ τοῦτο BVMnPrRbRwSSa | ἀγρυπνίᾳ VRwY2, ἀγρύπνει others (ἀγρύπνη Rb) | διαφθεῖραι MCRb(app. δηα‑ a.c.), διαφθείρεσαι Sa, διαφθείρη S, δη αὐθερήσης Mn (corr. to διαυ‑) | σαυτὴν om. Sa, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτὰ Pr | 2 γὰρ] γὰρ ἐν Y2 | τῷ] τὸ MPrRbSa | μοι] μὴ CSa | κτήσειν Rb, κτήσει Pr | νόσω Mn, s.l. Rb | ἀποστῆ MPr, ἀποστήσης VRw, ἀποσταίης Y2 | κἀγὼ] ἐγὼ Pr | σῆς om. C | ἐστερουμένος M | ἀπόλλυσθαι Pr (corr. from ἀπόλυσθαι)
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λειμῶ MMn (perhaps corr. Mn) | σἀυτὴν B, σεαυτὴν S |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,1–4; Dind. II.103,9–12
Or. 302.02 (302–305) (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴ ἀγρύπνει καὶ λιμῷ διαφθείρου, ἀλλ’ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τροφὴν. εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἢ τινὰ νόσον ἀπὸ τῆς προσεδρείας κτήσῃ, ἀπόλλυμαι. —V3
TRANSLATION: Do not stay awake and be ruined by hunger, but stretch your hand out to nourishment. For if you abandon me or catch some sickness from your tendance (on me), I am destroyed.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 302.04 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ὕπνῷ τ’ ἄυπνον βλέφαρον⟩: (ὕπν)ον (ἀύπν)ῳ (βλεφάρ)ῳ —MnRfSXXaXbXoTYYfGr
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 302.09 (rec exeg) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: ἀντίστροφον —MnRwB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: perhaps ἀντιστρ[όφως Rw (damage, no accent visible over iota)
KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως
Or. 302.10 (thom gloss) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: τὸ ὄμμα —ZZaZmTGuAaOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. ZaAa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.7–8
Or. 302.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: οἱ γὰρ κοιμώμενοι ἐκτείνονται ἐν τοῖς στρώμασιν. —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 302.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: ἐξαπλωθεῖσα —AbKMnRSSsXo2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. SXo
Or. 302.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πρὸς τὴν κλίνην ἀνακλιθεῖσα —ZZaZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀνακ. π. τ. κ. transp. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,8
Or. 302.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πεσοῦσα —CrGOxZuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOxZu
Or. 303.01 (mosch exeg) πρωθύστερον —XXaXbXoT+YYf
TRANSLATION: Prothusteron.
POSITION: marg. (beside 302 Yf)
APP. CRIT.: πρωθύστερα XbXoT
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,7
COMMENT: The term πρωθύστερον can be attached either to the first item of the reversed pairing or to the second item. See Sch. Tri. Hec. 762 vs. the old sch. on the same line, Sch. Pr Hec. 226, and Sch. Hec. 266, where some witnesses place this designation over the first term and some over the second. If the term here applies to 303 only, the implication is that bathing properly comes before eating (as in Homeric hospitality). If the term applies to 303 as the second term paired with 302 (cf. Yf’s placement), the implication is that bathing and eating ought to have come before sleeping.
KEYWORDS: πρωθύστερον
Or. 303.02 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἔκτεινον τὰς χεῖράς σου εἰς τροφήν. —MBCPrRfr
TRANSLATION: Extend your hands to nourishment.
POSITION: s.l., except marg. B
APP. CRIT.: εἰς τροφὴν τὰς χεῖρας transp. PrRfr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,5; Dind. II.103,12
Or. 303.03 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνασα τὴν χεῖρα λάβε. —MBCPr
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: ‘having extended your hand, take’.
POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CPr
APP. CRIT.: βάλε M, βάλευ C; φάγε anonymi (Schw. I.xiv, Addenda)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,12–13
Or. 303.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι⟩: τροφῆς μετάλαβε —AbMnRSSa
LEMMA: σίτον in text AbMnR, s.l. Sa; σῖτα S) POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; as two sep. gl. AbMnS
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. to both words S
Or. 303.07 (mosch paraphr) σῖτον: ἤγουν τροφὴν λάβε —X
Or. 303.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: τροφὴν —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2ZcZlrec
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τροφά Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,14
Or. 303.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: ἑαυτῇ —ZZaZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σεαυτῆ Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,14
Or. 303.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: παρέχε σεαυτῇ —Ox2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σεαυτῆ Ox2 add. to original gloss
Or. 303.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨λουτρά τ’ ἐπὶ χροῒ βάλε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ νίψαι —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZlrec
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: νίψε Xo |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,15
Or. 303.21 (thom gloss) ⟨λουτρά⟩: καθάρσια —ZZaZl2ZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,15
Or. 303.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χροῒ⟩: γράφεται χρωτί. —MnSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: χρωτοὶ Mn, changed to χρωῒ
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 303.27 (thom exeg) ⟨βάλευ⟩: βαλοῦ αἰολικόν —ZZaZmZuGu
TRANSLATION: (The form ‘baleu’, ‘throw for yourself’, is the Attic/Koine) ‘balou’, in Aeolic dialect.
LEMMA: βάλευ in text all POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: αἰολικόν βαλοῦ transp. Gu | ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zu | βάλε Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: αἰωλικὸν Zu |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,16
Or. 304.01 (304–305) (vet paraphr) εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἀπολιγωρήσασα τῆς νοσοκομίας ἀπόλλυμαι. —BOC
TRANSLATION: For if you abandon me, neglecting to tend to my sickness, I am destroyed.
POSITION: marg. B, s.l. OC
APP. CRIT.: εἰ γὰρ om. O | ἀπόλλυμαι om. OC
APP. CRIT. 2: καταλείπης a.c. O |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,18–19
Or. 304.02 (304–305) (pllgn diagr) apparently two syllogism diagrams, now incomplete because of trimmed upper margin: left node of right diagram has trace of θαν (θανεῖν?), and below the lower arc ἀσυλλόγισθη ὡς μερικό[ν] (read ἀσυλλόγιστον). —Z
COMMENT: The collocation of μερικὴ (πρότασις) and ἀσυλλόγιστον is common in commentators on Aristotle. Only slightly less common are collocations of μερική/μερικόν with συλλογίζομαι, so an alternative correction would be ἐσυλλογίσθη.
Or. 304.03 (mosch gram) ζήτει —XXa
REF. SYMBOL: Xa POSITION: marg. X
COMMENT: Probably a reminder to seek an explanation of this line or something in it. Günther 288 commented on this note ‘ad 307 relatum’, which I do not understand.
Or. 304.05 (rec gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἤγουν θάνῃς —AaMnRSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] ἤτοι εἰ R, ἤτοι Aa
APP. CRIT. 2: θάνεις AaS, a.c. Mn |
Or. 304.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἐάσεις, ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ νενομισμένου καιροῦ θάνῃς —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 304.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: καταλείψεις —V3GP2
POSITION: s.l.; inserted after ἀφήσεις in 304.09 G
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep V3P2
Or. 304.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἀφήσεις, ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: after ἀφήσεις add. καταλείψεις G | ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθ. om. Zc
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀφήσης XXaYfGr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.103,17
Or. 304.14 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προσκαρτερίᾳ —AaAbMnRSSa
LEMMA: -δρείᾳ in text AbR, ‑δρεία AaMnSSa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: προσκαρτερίᾳ R, ‑ρία MnSSa, ‑είᾳ Ab, ‑ρεία Aa
Or. 304.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ προσκαθίσει —ZZaZl2ZmGuOx2
LEMMA: -ρίᾳ in text Zm, ‑ρεία Gu, ‑ρία others POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: -καθήσει Zl2 |
Or. 304.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ τῇ ἀσχολήσει —CrOx
LEMMA: -ρία in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
Or. 304.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ παρακαθεδρίᾳ —Zu
LEMMA: -ρεία changed from ‑ρία in text Zu POSITION: s.l.
Or. 304.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρείᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐπιμονῇ σου —GuB3a
LEMMA: -ρεία in text Gr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῇ and σου om. Gu
Or. 305.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἐφθάρμεθα —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcB4
POSITION: s.l. except X
COMMENT: With the cross above, T treats the Thoman and Moschopulean glosses as the same, despite the difference in tenses.
Or. 306.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: βοηθὸν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2OxZl2Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOxZu
Or. 306.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄλλων⟩: συγγενῶν —AaMnRSSaXo2Zl2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. R
Or. 307.01 (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοί: ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν αὐτῇ εἰ προλείψεις με, φησὶν οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε. —MBVCMnPrRbSaZu
TRANSLATION: Since he said to her ‘if you will abandon me’, she says ‘it is not possible’, meaning ‘I will not abandon you’.
LEMMA: MC, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ κατθανεῖν V, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ θανεῖν Pr, οὐκ ἔστιν MnRbSSa REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Zu; between sch. 299.10 and 298.04 Pr
APP. CRIT.: ἐπεὶ Zu | αὐτῇ] αὐτὸς V, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτῶ Pr | εἰ γὰρ προλ. BVRbSSa | προλείψει Pr | ἐμὲ Rb | φησὶν om. B | οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ] ὅτι VMnRbSSa | τοῦ om. BC | σε om. PrZu |
APP. CRIT. 2: φησὶ Mn | ἔστιν PrZu | προλήψω Sa, προλλείψω M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,7–9; Dind. II.104,1–2
Or. 307.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐχ ὑπάρχει τοῦτο παρ’ ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν οὐκ ἀποδέχομαι σὲ μὲν μόνον ἐᾶσαι ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι, αὐτὴ δὲ τροφαῖς τε καὶ ὕπνῳ προσέχειν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: This (action) is not present in me, that is, I do not accept letting you lie here alone while I myself attend to nourishment and sleep.
POSITION: s.l. except T
APP. CRIT.: παρ’ ἐμοῦ Gu | μὲν om. Gu | ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι om. Za | ἐνταῦθα T | αὐτὴν Zl | τε om. ZlZmT
APP. CRIT. 2: ὑπάρπάρχει Zm | ἐάσαι ZlZm |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,2–4
Or. 307.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε —OV3G
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V3G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,4
Or. 307.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐ γενήσεται τοῦτο —CrSaOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 307.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔστι⟩: δυνατὸν τοῦτο, ἤγουν οὐ φάγω, οὐχ ὑπνώσω, οὐ καταλείψω σε. —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο κτλ added to Y-gloss by Y2
Or. 307.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: προκρίνω —V1AaMnRTXo2Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: προκρινῶ TAa, προκριθῶ Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,5
Or. 307.11 (thom gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: βουλήσομαι —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,5
Or. 308.01 (vet exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν: 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ἐὰν σὺ τελευτήσῃς. 2ἢ τὸ ἔχει ἀντὶ τοῦ σχήσει· 3ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐὰν σὺ ἀποθάνῃς, ταὐτόν μοι πάθος γενήσεται, 4ὅ ἐστι· κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαί σοι. —MBVCPr
TRANSLATION: My living and my dying are the same (to me) if you die. Or take (present) ‘entail’ (‘echei’) as used for (future) ‘will entail’, and the sense (is this): If you die, the same experience will befall me, that is, I too will die along with you.
LEMMA: BPr, καὶ ζῆν· ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν MC, καὶ ζῆν V REF. SYMBOL: BV
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔχει γὰρ prep. (om. ἐστιν later) V | after ἀποθανεῖν repeated με B (but deleted with dots) | σὺ] οὐ M | 2 ἀντισχήσει (τοῦ om.) C | 3 πάθος] παθεῖν V | 4 τεθνήξομαι Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σχήση M | 3 ἀποθάνη M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,9–12; Dind. II.104,10–12
Or. 308.02 (rec paraphr) τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἐὰν σὺ φθαρῇς. —MnRSSa
REF. SYMBOL: Sa POSITION: marg. R
APP. CRIT.: ὅτι prep. R | με] μὲν Mn | καὶ τὸ ἀποθ. R
APP. CRIT. 2: απαθανεῖν Mn | ταὐτό R, ταυτόν SSa, αὐτόν Mn | φθρ(ῆς) R |
Or. 308.05 (pllgn paraphr) 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταυτόν ἐστιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιον καὶ ἕν. 2ὅπερ σὺ πάθῃς, τοῦτο καὶ ἐγώ. —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 308.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν⟩: ἕξει γὰρ ταὐτόν με πάθος, ὅπερ καὶ σέ. —MOVC
TRANSLATION: The very same fate will hold me that holds you.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M; spaced out (with γὰρ and ταὐτὸν supplied from line) O
APP. CRIT.: ἕξεις Matt. (as if in O), ἤξ(εις) app. M, ἥξει OVC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,13; Dind. II.104,13–14
Or. 308.07 (thom exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν: 1ἤγουν ὁμοίως ἔχουσιν ἐμοὶ ἀμφότερα· 2 ὁ γὰρ σὸς θάνατος καὶ ἐμὸς θάνατός ἐστι, καὶ ἡ σὴ ζωὴ ἐμὴ ζωή. 3ἥκιστα γάρ μοι τὸ ζῆν ἥδιστον σοῦ θανόντος, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ νέκρωσις νομισθήσεται διὰ τὸ ἔρημον ἀπολειφθῆναι με βοηθείας. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, both things are the same for me. For your death is my death too, and your life my life. For living is not at all very sweet to me if you have died, but rather it will even be considered death because of my being left bereft of assistance.
LEMMA: T, ἔχει ταυτόν ZZa REF. SYMBOL: all except T
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἤγουν ὁμοίως] ὁμοίως γὰρ ZlZm, ὁμοίως Gu | 2 ἐμὸς] ἐμοὶ Gu | 3 με om. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,6–9
Or. 308.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤτοι κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαι —O
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,14
Or. 308.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤγουν ταυτὸν ἔχω τὸ ζῆν καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν. —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 308.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (They are the same,) that I live and that I die.
LEMMA: ταυτόν X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | τῷ G
Or. 308.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ θανεῖν ἐμὲ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ζῆν —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (They are the same,) that I die with you and that I live (with you).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 308.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν τὸ θανεῖν ἐμέ —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 308.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ταυτόν⟩: ὅμοιον —CrGPrROxZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸ prep. Zm
Or. 308.21 (mosch gloss) ⟨κατθάνῃς⟩: ἀποθάνῃς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐὰν prep. G
Or. 309.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνη⟩: γρ. μόνη. —Ab
LEMMA: πόνη in text Ab POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 310.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: χωρὶς ἀδελφοῦ —AaAbMnRSSaZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S | ἀδελφῶν R, ἀδελφ() Mn
Or. 310.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: δίχα τινὸς ἀδελφοῦ —F2Y
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τινὸς om. F2
Or. 310.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφὸς, ὁ ἐστερημένος ἀδελφοῦ. καὶ διὰ τὴν χασμωδίαν πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ν ἐγένετο ἀνάδελφος εὐφωνοτερὸν ὥσπερ καὶ ἀνάργυρος. —Y2
TRANSLATION: From alpha privative prefix and the word ‘adelphos’, the one who has been deprived of a brother. And because of the hiatus (between successive alphas) by the arbitrary addition of nu it became ‘anadelphos’, more euphonious, just as also in the case of ‘anarguros’ (without silver).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 310.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπάτωρ ἄφιλος⟩: χωρὶς πατρὸς καὶ φίλου —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: χωρὶς prep. Zl2 (Zl intended it to be supplied from prev. gloss)
Or. 310.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπάτωρ⟩: (ἐστερημένη) πατρὸς —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: ἐστερημένη is understood from 310.04 earlier in the line.
Or. 310.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφιλος⟩: (ἐστερημένη) φίλου —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: ἐστερημένη is understood from 310.04 earlier in the line.
Or. 310.14 (310–311) (vet paraphr) εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ: τουτέστιν· εἰ βούλει με φαγεῖν, πείθομαι. —MBOCMnRbS
TRANSLATION: That is, if you want me to eat, I obey.
LEMMA: MnRbS REF. SYMBOL: Rb POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: τουτέστιν om. O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,14; Dind. II.104,15
Or. 310.15 (310–311) (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ⟩: εἴ σοι ἀρέσκει φαγεῖν με, πείθομαι. —R
POSITION: marg.
Or. 310.19 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἀρέσκει —AaAbCrMnPrSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 310.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ὑ[ … ] —V3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: perhaps ὑπάρχειν μόνον/μόνῳ or ἄνευ ἐμοῦ or similar
Or. 311.01 (thom exeg) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: τὸ δρᾶν τάδε κατὰ συνεκδοχὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖ καὶ πρὸς τὸ χρὴ ληπτέον. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The words ‘to do these things’ are to be taken, by shared construal (synecdoche), both with ‘it seems best’ and with ‘it is necessary’.
POSITION: s.l. ZlGu; cont. from sch. 308.07 ZZa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,16–17
COMMENT: Here synecdoche, rather than referring to the usual trope (Lausberg §§572–577), seems to have a literal, etymological sense, virtually the same as ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.
KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν
Or. 312.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν ἄγαν ἀποδέχου: 1μὴ ἐν ὑποψίᾳ ἔχε μηδὲ φαντάζου τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε. 2ἀποδέχου δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑποδέχου προσδέχου. —MBVCPrRb, partial HMnRaRwS
TRANSLATION: Do not hold in fearful apprehension nor imagine that which panics you. And ‘accept/receive’ (compound with ‘apo’) is used in the sense of ‘receive hospitably’ (compound with ‘hupo’), ‘admit in’ (compound with ‘pros’).
LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν VMnRwS, μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν Pr, καὶ μὴ ταρβοῦν Rb REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: marg. B; punct. as two notes in Rb, with second ref. symbol
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ prep. B | μὴ om. MnRaRbS | ἐν ὑποψίᾳ VRaRbS, τὴν ὑποψίαν HMBCPrRw, ἀν ὑποψίαν Mn (perhaps corr. to ‑ία) | μηδὲ] μὴ Rb | τὸ om. Pr | εἰσφοβοῦν M | 2 ἀποδέχου … προσδέχου om. MnRaS, ἀποδέχου … ὑποδέχου om. HRw | τοῦ om. C | προσδέχου] μηδὲ προσδέχου Rw, om. VRb, running on into sch. 313.10
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,15–16; Dind. II.104,18–20
COMMENT: Since all three compounds of δέχομαι can be used with very similar meanings, the second half of the note is somewhat odd. Perhaps it is meant to forestall taking ἀποδέχου in the meaning ‘praise, approve’.
Or. 312.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: μὴ δοκῇς εἶναι ἀληθές —K
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: δοκεῖς K |
Or. 312.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβοῦν ἔχε κατὰ νοῦν —Zl2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔχει Zl2
Or. 312.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν ἤγουν φοβεῖσθαι ποιοῦν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: first ποιοῦν om. Y
Or. 312.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβεῖσθαι, τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν, τὸ φεύγειν ποιοῦν —G
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 312.13 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ φοβοῦν⟩: γρ. κἀκφοβοῦν. —MnRSa
LEMMA: καὶ φοβοῦν in text MnRSa POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 313.01 (thom exeg) ἀποδέχου: 1τουτέστι μὴ ἔχε τὴν ὑποψίαν ἀεὶ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς μανίας. 2τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἄγαν ἀποδέχου. 3ταρβοῦν δὲ ἐκ δεμνίων λέγει οὐχ ὅτι τὰ δέμνια ἐποίει αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι, 4ἀλλ’ ὅτι κείμενος ἐκεῖσε φόβον ἐξ Ἐριννύων ἐδέχετο κατεχόμενος τῇ μανίᾳ. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, do not always have the fearful apprehension of madness in your mind. For that is what is meant by ‘receive too much’. He says ‘causing terror from the bedsheets’ not because the bedsheets were causing him to be mad, but because while lying there he received terror from the Erinyes, being possessed by madness.
LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu
APP. CRIT.: 1 κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ transp. ZmTGu, app. Zl (also p.c. Ta, with s.l. β and a) | 4 ἐκεῖ T | [ἐριν]νύος Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.104,20–23
COMMENT: It is a little surprising that Triclinius did not modify Thomas’ implausible interpretation of ἐκ δεμνίων.
Or. 313.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: προσδέχου —OCrOxGuP2
POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with ἢ O
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | προσδέχομαι P2
Or. 313.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: μὴ φαντάζου —OV3
POSITION: marg. O, s.l. V3
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε add. V3
Or. 313.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨μένε δ’ ἐπὶ στρωτοῦ λέχους⟩: προσδόκα τῆς νυκτὸς —VMnRbSSa
POSITION: s.l., except VRb continued from sch. 312.01
APP. CRIT.: τῆς νυκτὸς] τὴν ἐκτός V
APP. CRIT. 2: προσδίκα S, πρὸσδόκα Mn |
Or. 313.14 (rec gloss) ⟨στρωτοῦ⟩: τοῦ πεπταμένου —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶ (or τὼ?) πεπλωμένω Ab |
Or. 314.01 (vet exeg) κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ: 1Καλλίστρατος [Callistratus fr. 54 Montana LGGA] τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ γραφὴν διδάσκει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γάρ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος. —MBCPrRw
TRANSLATION: Callistratus teaches the reading without the sigma (that is, verbs with third-person ending rather than second-person): ‘for even if one is not ill but believes he is ill’, so that the statement has transitioned from Orestes (the addressee) to general application.
LEMMA: all (νοσήσης MC, νοσῆ Pr, γὰρ om. Rw) REF. SYMBOL: B
APP. CRIT.: 1 πεισίστρατος Pr | διδάσκει] δοξάζει C, δοκιμάζει Rw | 2 νοσήσῃ MC | δοξάζει MC, δόξει Rw | 3 ᾖ om. MC | τοῦ om. Rw | εἰς τὸ κοινὸν BRw | μεταβεβληκὼς Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σίγματος Pr | 3 ἵνα Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,18–20; Dind. II.104,24–105,2
KEYWORDS: Callistratus | variant reading, specific scholar; citation of historian or scholar
Or. 314.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ⟩: 1Καλλίστρατος [54 Montana LGGA] χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅ γράφειν δοκιμάζει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπὶ τὸ κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος. —V
LEMMA: ἀλλὰ δοξάζεις V
APP. CRIT.: 2 νοσῆς … δοξάζεις V | νοσεῖν] s.l. V, in line p.c. V1, a.c. νοσ* (νοσῆ?) V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,18–20 app.; Dind. 105,2 app.
Or. 314.03 (pllgn rhet) ἀρχὴ —Ta
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: This annotation, of uncertain meaning, is not present in T.
Or. 314.04 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ⟩: γρ. κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γὰρ. —B3
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 314.06 (thom exeg) κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ: 1τοῦτο καθολικῶς ἔδει ἐξενεγκεῖν οὕτω· κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλα δοξάζει νοσεῖν, κάματος αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπορία γίνεται. 2νῦν δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ τοῦ γνωμικοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐπέφερε, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ καθόλου εἶπεν. 3ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο καινόσχημον, εἰ καὶ ληρῶν ὁ Καλλίστρατος τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ διδάσκει γραφήν. 4καὶ μὴν καὶ ἑτέρα καινότης ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα· 5ἡ γὰρ πρότασις ἑνικῶς ἐκφέρεται, ἡ δὲ ἀπόδοσις πληθυντικῶς, δηλοῦντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ ὅτι εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους τοῦτο γίνεται. —ZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: This should have been expressed as a generalization thus: ‘Even if someone is not sick but believes he is sick, weariness and confusion befall him’. But as it is he applied half of the gnomic statement to Orestes, and spoke half of it universally. And this is innovatively (unusually) constructed, although Callistratus, speaking nonsense, teaches the reading without the sigma. And indeed there is also another unusual feature here: for the conditional clause is expressed in the singular, but the main clause in the plural, with the poet making clear that this occurs in reference to all human beings.
LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZmGu
APP. CRIT.: 1 νοσῇ] δοξάζη Gu | 3 μονόσχημον Zm, κακόσχημον T | ληρῶν om. Gu | 4 ἑτέρα καινοτ(ε)ρα Za
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δοξάζη GuTa |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,4–11
COMMENT: Note the alternative designations of what Thomas tries to describe (or perhaps defend) as novel or unusual: in Zm καινόσχημον is replaced by μονόσχημον (if this is not merely a clumsy error, it perhaps means ‘uniquely constructed’ in the sense ‘unparalleled, unusual’—but that is not its meaning elsewhere, see on 31.03), while Triclinius seems to be more critical of Eur.’s style by using κακόσχημον (‘badly constructed, clumsy’). Triclinius elsewhere softens expressions like Thomas’ scornful ληρῶν, but here he retains it, and only in Gu is it edited out.
KEYWORDS: καινόσχημον | μονόσχημον | κακόσχημον
Or. 314.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: μετ’ ὀλίγον ὑπολαμβάνεις παραφρονῆσαι —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 314.12 (vet exeg) δοξάζῃς: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοξάζῃ τις, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τ’ ἔμμεναι’. —MBC, partial Pr
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘(if) someone believes’, as in the passage ‘you might say that he was furious’.
LEMMA: M(‑εις)C, ἄλλως BPr POSITION: cont. from 314.01 Pr
APP. CRIT.: ἀντί τοῦ] κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τίς· ἀλλὰ BPr | τις om. BPr | ὡς τὸ κτλ om. Pr | τέ τιν’ ἐμμέναι Il. 3.220 | ἔμμεναι om. B
APP. CRIT. 2: δοξάζει M | κεν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,21–22; Dind. II.105,2–3
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 314.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δοξάζεις⟩: ὑπολαμβάνεις —A2CrMnRSSaOxZZaZlZmT
REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx
APP. CRIT. 2: -βάνης Aa2Zl (δοξάζης in text AaZl) |
Or. 314.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν ἔχεις —PrZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ δόξαν om. Zu
Or. 314.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: φαίνεσαι νῦν —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,11
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 315.01 (pllgn exeg) ἕπεται γὰρ ἐκ τῆς νόσου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀρτὶ ληγούσης ἡ ταλαιπωρία. —P2
REF. SYMBOL: P2 POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ταλεπωρία P2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,13–14
Or. 315.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἐκ τούτου γὰρ τοῦ δοξάζειν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς ἀπηλλαγμένους τῆς νόσου ἀμελεῖται, καὶ οὕτως γίνεται κάματος. —Lp
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπηλαγμένους Lp |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,11–13
Or. 315.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: κόπος —V1Aa2AbMnPrRSaZcZaB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁ prep. Aa2MnSa
Or. 315.09 (thom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: κακοπάθεια —ZmGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,15
Or. 315.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἀγανάκτησις —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,16
Or. 315.15 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,15
Or. 315.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: καὶ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ —V3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: αὐτῶ V3
Or. 315.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀσθένεια —RfYf
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,16 (and misread 105,15)
Or. 315.24 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀπόγνωσις —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,17
Or. 315.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: καὶ ἀδυναμία —CrOxP2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.105,16
Or. 315.28 (recThom gloss) ⟨γίνεται⟩: τοῦτο —AbZlZmTGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Omitted by Ta.
|
Or. 316.01 (316–331) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: αἶ αἶ: 0τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη τῶν χορῶν καλεῖται κατὰ σχέσιν, ὡς εἴρηται. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ᾆσμα μιᾶς στροφῆς. εἰσὶ δὲ τὰ κῶλα τῆς στροφῆς ιϛʹ, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. 1τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἤτοι κώλου τμῆμα. 2τὸ δεύτερον παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο. 3τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον ἡμιόλιον, ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. 4τὸ δʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ δʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. 5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ γʹ. 6τὸ ϛʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. 7τὸ ζʹ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου, ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν ἐπίτριτον. 8τὸ ηʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ παιωνικῶν ἡμιολίων δύο συγκείμενον. ἕκαστον δὲ ἐκ παίωνος ἐστὶ δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. 9–10τὸ θʹ καὶ ιʹ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοια. 11το ιαʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ, παίωνος αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς διτροχαίου πεντεσυλλάβου. 12τὸ ιβʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ μολοσσοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον ἐπίτριτον ἔχει γʹ ἀντὶ χοριάμβου. 13τὸ ιγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ καὶ αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον διαλελυμένην ἔχει τὴν τοιαύτην συλλαβὴν εἰς δύο βραχείας. 14τὸ ιδʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων. 15τὸ ιεʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο, τοῦ δευτέρου ἐνταῦθα μὲν πεντασυλλάβου, ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἑξασυλλάβου, καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. 16τὸ ιϛʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ. 17ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς μὲν στροφῆς παράγραφος, τῆς δὲ ἀντιστροφῆς κορωνίς. —T |
1316=332 ‒ ‒ |
TRANSLATION: Such forms of choral songs are called ‘in responsion’, as has been said. And the song is of a single strophe, and the cola of the strophe number sixteen, and those of the antistophe are as many. The first colon is a brachycatalectic iambic monometer, or a portion of a colon. The second colon is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter consisting of two fourth paeons. The third colon is a one-and-a-half-measure line of the same rhythm, consisting of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The fourth colon is an acatalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a fourth paeon because of the final anceps syllable. The fifth colon is similar to the third. The sixth colon is a catalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The seventh colon is a catalectic choriambic trimeter formed from a choriamb, a first epitrite, and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable, but the colon of the antistrophe has its epitrite in five-syllable form (with resolution of one long). The eighth colon is asynartete formed from a compound of two one-and-a-half-measure paeonic units, and each one consists of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The ninth and tenth cola are similar (to the eighth) in every respect. The eleventh colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter made of a first epitrite, a first paeon, and a syllable; but if you prefer, an acatalectic colon with the second foot a five-syllable ditrochee. The twelfth colon is a catalectic choriambic dimeter made of a choriamb and molossus, but the colon of the antistophe has a third epitrite in place of the choriamb. The thirteenth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed by a third epitrite, a first epitrite, and syllable. But the colon of the antistrophe has such a syllable resolved into two shorts. The fourteenth is a hypercatalectic iambic dimeter, the first two feet being chorei. The fifteenth colon is an acatalectic paeonic trimeter made of two second paeons—the second being here (in the strophe) five syllables, but in the colon of the antistrophe six syllables—and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The sixteenth colon is a catalectic ionic a minore trimeter, formed by a fourth paeon in place of the ionic, a double iamb, and a cretic. At the end of the strophe a paragraphos, and of the antistrophe a coronis.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
APP. CRIT.: 4–6 καὶ δʹ διὰ … παίωνος αʹ om. Ta
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,30–13,21; de Fav. 51–52
COMMENT: The scansion of colon 7 is problematic. What is said would make most sense if Triclinius had read ὅς σ’ in 338, with the third element long and resolution in the fourth element consisting of ἀνα-; but his text is ὅ σ’ ανα‑ and he places his note about resolution, ἀντὶ μιᾶς, over ὅ σ’ α-, which leaves the fourth element short and the metron an antispast and not an epitrite, unless without comment or justification he is counting the second alpha of ἀνα‑ as long. This may be a case where Triclinius changed his mind and did not bring his description into full accord with the text, or vice versa. Note also that in 338 he treats ευ as short before ει to make ‑βακχεύει a cretic (338.34).
Or. 317.01 (vet exeg) δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι: 1πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. 2ἢ περιτρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μεμηνότας. —MBVCKMnPrRbRwSSa, partial GRaRf
TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing humans; or causing those who have gone mad to run around.
LEMMA: MBCPr, δρομάδες VMnRbRwSS REF. SYMBOL: VRaRbRfSa POSITION: s.l. GK
APP. CRIT.: αἱ prep. Rf | πανταχοῦ … καὶ om. Ra | πάντα τρέχουσαι G | τιμωροῦσαι VMnRaRbRfRwSSa | 2 ἢ περιτρ. κτλ om. GRf | παρὰ τὸ τρέχειν SSa | καὶ add. before τοὺς μεμ. MnRbS
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.129,23–25; Dind. II.106,5–7
Or. 317.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι ⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωροῦαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἢ περιφέρουσαι καὶ ποιοῦσαι τρέχειν τοὺς τιμωρουμένους. —V
TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing wrongdoers; or carrying around or causing to run those being punished.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 317.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι⟩: δρομάδας λέγει ὡς ταχυτάτας. πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. τὸ γὰρ θεῖον πανταχοῦ πάρεστι. πτεροφόρους λέγουσι τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους μὴ ὄντας· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἄϋλοι, πῶς πτερὰ ἔχουσιν; ὅμως δὲ διότι ταχύτατα τῶν ζώων πτερὰ ἔχουσιν, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς ταχυτάτους λέγομεν ἔχειν πτερά. —Y2
TRANSLATION: He calls them ‘dromades’ (running) as being very swift. Running around everywhere and punishing humans. For that which is divine is present everywhere. They call the minor divinities (i.e., the Erinyes) ‘wing-bearing’ just as (we so call) the angels, though angels are not so. For since they are not corporeal, how do they have wings? But nevertheless because the swiftest of animals have wings, on this principle we also say that the minor divinities, since they are very swift, have wings.
Or. 317.04 (pllgn exeg) αἱ πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι εἰς τιμωρίαν τῶν κακῶς πραττόντων ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι περιτρέχειν τοὺς μεμηνότας —F
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 317.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι —OCRP2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. O
APP. CRIT.: αἱ prep. P2 | ἐπιτρέχουσαι O
Or. 317.06 (thom exeg) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχουσαι ἢ αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μαινομένους —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Dromades’ means) ‘those running everywhere’ or ‘those causing the insane to run everywhere’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ αἱ κτλ om. Zm
Or. 317.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: δρομικαὶ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: δρομιστικαὶ T
Or. 317.08 (moschThom gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ταχεῖαι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT
POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from prev. X); twice in T (Mosch. instance cont. from prev.)
Or. 317.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχεῖαι —AbCrMnRSSaOxZm
POSITION: s.l.; at first above δρομάδες Ab, but erased there
APP. CRIT.: ὦ prep. AbMnSa, καὶ ὦ prep. S, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 318.01 (vet exeg) Ποτνιάδες θεαί: 1μανιοποιοί. 2Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι καὶ μανεῖσαι διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον τὸν Βελλεροφόντου πατέρα ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ Πελίου. || 3Πότνιαι δὲ πόλις Βοιωτίας, ὅθεν καὶ Γλαῦκος ⟨ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος⟩ ἁλιεὺς ⟨ * * καὶ αὐτὸς⟩ γευσάμενος ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς θάλασσαν {ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος}. —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa, partial HORf
TRANSLATION: Instilling madness. For Potniae is a place in Boeotia, where the mares of Glaucus, having eaten a plant and gone mad, tore apart their own master, Glaucus the father of Bellerophon, at the funeral-games of Pelias. || And Potniae is a city of Boeotia, from which also Glaucus the Anthedonian, a fisherman ⟨lacuna: (missing words) — and himself⟩ having tasted it he went mad and jumped into the sea.
LEMMA: MVC, ὦ ποτνιάδες Sa; ποτνιάδες MnRbRwS (ἱστορία in marg. S) REF. SYMBOL: VSa POSITION: marg. H, s.l. O; cont. from 317.01 BPrRf, prep. ποτνιάδες δὲ BPr
APP. CRIT.: 1 μανιοποιοί] οἱ μαν. Pr, om. RaRfRw | 2 πότνια PrRw | γὰρ om. HRaRf | χωρίον ἐστὶ] ἐστὶ Pr, χώρά ἐστι V, compend. χώ() ἐστι H | τῆς Βοιωτίας Rf | words after Βοι‑ lost to trimming H, not enough room for whole remainder before next ref. symbol | αἱ om. MnRb | γλαύκου] γλαυκος V, corr. V2/3 | διεσπάσαντο om. S | 2–3 γλαῦκον τὸν κτλ om. Rf | 2–3 ἐν τῷ κτλ om. O | 2 ὡς ἐν τῶ MnRaSSa | πελίου] ὀρπεδίου V | 3 πότνιαι] πότνια MCPrRw, ποτνιάδες VMn, τὸ ποτνιάδες RaRbSSa | δὲ] οὖν BPr, καὶ Rb, om. Mn | πόλις om. VMnRaRbSSa | καὶ om. MnPrRaRbS | ὁ ἀνθηδ. transp. here from end Mastr. (after Schw., quoting Et. Magn.) | γλαῦκος ἁλιεὺς Rw, γλαῦκος others | καὶ αὐτὸς suppl. e.g. Mastr.; ⟨ *** ⟩ γευσάμενον ⟨ *** ⟩ Schw. (from Et. Magn.) | γευσάμενος] δοξάμενος Ra, om. B (between γλαῦκος and ἐμμ‑ blank space ca. 12 ltrs.) | ἐκμανεὶς C | γεγονὼς Rw | εἰς τὴν θάλ. MnPrRw | ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος om. Pr, del. Schw. | ὁ] ὡς ὁ C; οὕτως Rw, om. BS (B leaving space for ca. 4 letters before ἀνθηδ()) |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πότναι Rb | βιωτίας Mn | βελεροφ. VRb, βελλερεφ. Ra, βελερεφ. Mn | πελίου] πελλίου C, πέλει MnSSa, πέλ() RaRb | 3 βιωτίας MnRb, βοιοτ(ίας) Ra | ἐμμανεῖς Ra | γέγονεν M | ἤλατο MVRaRb, ἥλλατο BPrSa, ἤλλατο CMnRwS | ἀνθηδ() B, ἀνθης Rw, θηδόνιος RaRb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,1–6; Dind. II.106,9–14
COMMENT: The note offers two different explanations of the epithet ‘Potnian’ based on the myths of two different mythological figures named Glaucus. These explanations are found in the same sequence in Et. Magn. 685,40–49 s.v. Ποτνιάδες θεαί (probably based on a fuller commentary on this play): αἱ μανιοποιοί. Εὐριπίδης Ὀρέστῃ, περὶ τῶν Ἐρινύων. Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου, καὶ μανεῖσαι, διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην. ἄλλως [Schw., ἀλλὰ codd.] καὶ Γλαῦκος ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεὺς, ἑωρακὼς ἰχθῦν παρὰ ψάμμῳ βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἢ ὅτι ἀθάνατος μὲν, οὐκ ἀγήρως δὲ γεγονὼς, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἑαυτὸν κατεπόντισεν. Clearly in the tradition of the scholia there was some damage to the last portion: ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος was part of the illegible text but was perhaps supplied in the margin at some point and later was inserted at the end of the note; ἀλιεὺς remarkably is still read in Rw, and since Rw does not restore anything else from the Et. Magn. version, this seems to be a genuine survival of a version where a little more of the damaged passage had been read (compare Rw’s sole testimony to τέχνημα in sch. 25.10). Schw. may be right to emend to γευσάμενον and assume a lacuna before and after it on the assumption that words like those in the Et. Magn. version were once present before and after the participle. But the original that was damaged may have had modified wording and with only one lacuna γευσάμενος could be kept in reference to Glaucus himself (‘having seen a fish … and himself tasting it’). The lacuna could even be quite short, e.g., ⟨βοτάνης τινὸς⟩ γευσάμενος, and one may wonder whether the similarity of (ἁ)λιευς and γευσ‑ may have prompted an omission (repaired in the margin, with the marginal words later becoming mostly illegible). See also sch. Or. 364.01, sch. Ph. 1124; Sch. Lycophr. 754a Leone (with the parallels there cited). For the Euboean Glaucus who became a sea-god, see Gantz 732–733, and for Glaucus of Potniae see Gantz 175.
COLLATION NOTES: Check new image of H when available. |
Or. 318.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανι⟨ο⟩ποιοί· Πότνια χώρα βοιωτίας, ἐν ᾗ ἀναφύεται βοτάνη θανατηρὰ καὶ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιά· ταύτην γὰρ φαγόντες οἱ τοῦ Γλαύκου ἵπποι ἀπεσφαίρισαν ἐκεῖνον καὶ φθορὰν ὑπέστη τὴν παντελῆ. —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 318.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: 1ποτινάδες δὲ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιαί. 2Πότνια γὰρ χώρα ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα μανεῖσαι αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον διεσπάραξαν. —Lb
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔστι Lb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,15–17
Or. 318.04 (pllgn exeg) ἄλλως: 1Ποτνιάδας φησὶ τὰς Ἐριννύας ἀφ’ ἱστορίας τοιαύτης. 2Πότνιά ἐστι τόπος ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ· 3ἐφύοντο γοῦν ἐκεῖ βοτάναι μανίας ἐμποιητικαὶ· 4εἰς ὃν, ὡς λόγος εἴρηται, παραγενόμενος καὶ Γλαῦκος μετὰ τῶν ἵππων αὐτοῦ, 5⟨γευσάμεναι⟩ τῶν βοτανῶν καὶ ἐμμανεῖσαι διέφθειραν τὸν Γλαῦκον. 6ἐπειδὴ καὶ Ἐριννύες αἴτιαι μανιῶν εἰσι, διὰ τοῦτο ταύτας φησὶ Ποτνιάδας. —Lb
TRANSLATION: He calls the Erinyes ‘Potniades’ because of a mythical tale like this: Potnia is a place in Boeoetia. Now, there grew in that place plants that instill madness. As the story has been told, when Glaucus too together with his horses arrived at this place, they (the horses), having tasted of the plants and gone made, killed Glaucus. Because the Erinyes too are responsible for fits of madness, for this reason he calls them ‘Potniades’.
LEMMA: Lb
APP. CRIT.: 3 μανίας] Dind., μανίαι Lb (read as μανίαν by Matt.) | 4 εἴρηται Mastr. ἐρεῖ Lb | 5 suppl. e.g. Mastr. (i.e., with nominative absolute preceding) or ⟨αἳ γευσάμεναι⟩ with anacoluthon), ⟨γευσάμενος⟩ Dind. | 6 ἐρίννυσι Lb, corr. Matt. after King
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐριννὰς Lb, corr. Matt. | τοιαῦτης Lb | 2 πότνια ἐστὶ Lb | βοτᾶναι Lb | 6 εἰσὶ Lb | ταῦτας Lb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,17–23
Or. 318.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανιοποιοί —M2CAaAbGMnPrRRfrSSaGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S, ἀνιοποιοὶ prep. Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: μανοποιοὶ Gu, μαινοποιοί G |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,23
Or. 318.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: κακομανιοποιοί —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,1
Or. 318.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀπὸ ⟨τῶν⟩ Ποτνιάδων ἵππων μετήνεγκεν, αἳ μανεῖσαι ἔφαγον τὸν Γλαῦκον . —MBC
TRANSLATION: He (the poet) created a transferred sense (of the epithet) taken from the horses of Potniae, who went mad and ate Glaucus.
LEMMA: C POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B
APP. CRIT.: τῶν Dindorf (as if in mss)
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀποτνιάδων C | μανῆσαι M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,7–8; Dind. II.106,8–9
Or. 318.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ποτνίου χωρίου —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. Cr
COMMENT: The adjective Πότνιος is otherwise attested only in Steph. Byz. s.v. Πότνια.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 318.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἔστι κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν —Ab
REF. SYMBOL: Ab POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις
Or. 318.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἄτιμοι κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν —Xo2
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός
Or. 318.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Potniades’, ‘honored ladies’, is used) by euphemism.
POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106.23
KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός
Or. 318.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μισηταὶ —K
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.106,23
Or. 319.01 (vet exeg) ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον: 1ἤτοι κακοβάκχευτον, τὸν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεργαζομένην. 2ἢ παρόσον ἄοινα καὶ νηφάλια ταῖς θεαῖς ταύταις τὰ ἱερὰ συντελεῖται. 3ἢ τὸν μεγάλως ἐκβακχεύοντα. —MBVCPrRw, partial(?)H
TRANSLATION: (‘Without revelry’,) that is, with harmful revelry, the one having a harmful revelry not suiting Dionysus but produced in dirges and lamentations. Or, inasmuch as the sacrifices that are accomplished for these goddesses are without wine and sober. Or, the one that rouses to a great frenzy.
LEMMA: MC(αἲ), ἀβάκχευτον θίασον B(θίασσον)Pr, ἀβάκχευτον VRw REF. SYMBOL: HBV
APP. CRIT.: H mostly lost, length cannot be estimated accurately | 1 ἥτοι om. Sa, ἤτοι τὸν Pr | τὸν] τὸ MC, ἢ τὸν Pr | ἐξεργαζομένην Mastr., ἐξεταζομένην all except διεξεταζομένην Pr | ταύταις] ταῦτα V | τὰ om. Pr | 3 βακχεύοντα Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἥτοι M | 2 ἄοιν M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,9–12; Dind. II.106,24–107,3
COMMENT: This reflects three standard explanations of alpha-privative compounds in poetry: α‑ equivalent to κακο-, α‑ actually privative, and α‑ as an intensifier. Transmitted ἐξεταζομένην seems doubtful, since even when it means something like ‘be numbered among’ the context implies some kind of examination, which hardly applies here. Against ἐξεργαζομένην, however, one must admit that the passive use of this present participle is extremely rare (e.g., [Aristot.] Ath. Pol. 16.4 ἐξεργαζομένης τῆς χώρας).
Or. 319.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’⟩: οὐ βακχεύουσαι ὡς ὁ Βάκχος, ἀλλὰ κακῶς —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,4
Or. 319.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: δυσ(βάκχευτον) —MLp2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Lp
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,4
Or. 319.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀτερπῆ —AbMnRSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S
COLLATION NOTES: Above this gloss in R is an undeciphered damaged phrase: π[ or τ[ ca. 5 ]υσαῖ or ]υσὠ[(?). |
Or. 319.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, οὐ πρέποντα τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐξεταζόμενον —OC
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πρέπουσαν C | τῷ om. O | ἀλλὰ τ. ἐξ. om. C
COMMENT: For ἐξεταζόμενον, which gives no apparent sense (the phrase is only in O), see on sch. 319.01. Perhaps this is a failed attempt to interpret ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεταζομένην.
Or. 319.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, ὅ ἐστι μὴ πρέποντα τῷ Βάκχῳ ἤγουν τῷ Διονύσῳ —MnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι S
APP. CRIT. 2: διονύσσω S |
Or. 319.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον —CrPrOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 319.10 (rec exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ἤγουν τὴν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν καὶ οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ —V3Rf
LEMMA: Rf POSITION: s.l. V3
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. V3 | βακχείαν ἔχοντα transp, V3 | τοῦ διονύσου Rf
Or. 319.12 (thom exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ποταπὸν λυπηρὸν, εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἔστι βακχεύσασθαι καὶ χαρῆναι —ZZaZlZmT
TRANSLATION: Of a certain quality, (namely) painful, one to which it is not possible to revel or take delight.
LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T
APP. CRIT.: ποταπὸν sep. s.l. T, om. ZaGu
Or. 319.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀβάκχευτον μὴ ἔχοντα χαράν, βάκχεια γὰρ ἡ χαρὰ καὶ ἡ μανία. —Zm
POSITION: marg.
Or. 319.21 (recTri gloss) ⟨θίασον⟩: χορὸν —AaAb2CrGF2OxXo2TZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOxZu, τὸν prep. F2
COLLATION NOTES: Ab2 has another undeciphered (damaged, or erased?) gloss on this word. |
Or. 319.23 (pllgn gram) ⟨θίασον⟩: θίασος τὸ ἀθροιζόμενον πλῆθος ἐπὶ τιμῇ θεῶν. τάττεται δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀθροίσματος. θιασῶται δὲ οἱ κοινωνοῦντες τοῦ θιάσου. —B4
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Cf. Suda θ 380, Photius θ 180.
Or. 319.26 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ⟩: ἐκληρώσασθε —Aa2MnXo2ZmT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mn
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκληρώσασθαι Aa2Mn |
Or. 320.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις⟩: οὐχὶ ἐν χοροῖς καὶ μέλεσιν ὡς οἱ θίασοι τοῦ Διονύσου —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 320.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: ἐν —Aa2AbXo2ZZa
LEMMA: ἐν om. in text AbZZa, present in prev. line Xo POSITION: s.l.
Or. 321.01 (vet exeg) μελαγχρῶτες: 1μέλαιναι· χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν. 2ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον Ὀρέστης φησὶν [408]· ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’. —MBVaCPrRw, partial OVbRb, app. H
TRANSLATION: (‘Black-skinned’ means) black, for they are chthonic (deities). (Black,) just as Orestes in fact says to Menelaus: ‘I believed I saw three maidens similar to night’.
LEMMA: MCRw(BPr). lemma μελανοχρῶτες VaRb REF. SYMBOL: HVaRb POSITION: s.l. OVb; cont. from 319.01, prep. μελαγχρῶτες δὲ, BPr
APP. CRIT.: H lost except for a few letters in sentence 2 | 1 χθόνιοι Pr, οὖ χθόνια M, οὐ χθόνιαι C, ἐπεὶ χθόνιαι (γὰρ om.) O | after εἰσιν sch. 321.03 inserted MBVaCPrRw | 2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. OVbRb | ὁ ὁρέστης (sic) Va | ἔδοξεν MC | προσφορεῖς M | κόρας om. B |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 μέλεναι Rb | γάρ εἰσίν M, γάρ εἰσι VbRb, γὰρ εἰσὶν VaRw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,13–15; Dind. II.107,6–8
COMMENT: The anomalous accentuation μελαγχρῶτες is universal in the manuscripts of the text and scholia here, and is also found in the editions of a few other texts. The expected accentuation μελάγχρωτες found in editions of Eur. and in Schwartz here is due to L. Dindorf.
Or. 321.03 (vet exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἢ μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας —MBOVaVbCaCbPraPrbRw
TRANSLATION: Or (it means) making black those who are ill.
POSITION: s.l. OCbVbPrb; inserted between sent. 1 and 2 of sch. 321.01 MBCaVaPraRw
APP. CRIT.: ἢ] om. Cb, καὶ Vb, ἢ ὡς Pra, ἢ αἱ Prb | τοὺς νοσ. μελ. transp. Vb | μελαίνουσι M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,13–14; Dind. II.107,6–7
Or. 321.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὡς μέλαιναι οὖσαι ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς Νυκτὸς γινόμεναι καὶ τοῦ Ἐρέβους, ἢ ὅτι ὡς μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας —F
TRANSLATION: As being black because born from Night and Erebus, or because making black those who are ill.
REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.
Or. 321.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὦ μέλαιναι μελανοχρόες, χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν. —AbMnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ om. Ab | μελανχρῶες (sic) μέλαιναι transp. Ab | χθόνιοι Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: μελανογχρόες Sa |
Or. 321.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μελανοσώματοι —Xo2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,9
Or. 321.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: καὶ μέλανα σώματα ἔχουσαι —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: μέλαινα Ox (see on sch. 320.09) |
Or. 321.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: διότι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ μέλανα εἰσὶ. —Aa
REF. SYMBOL: Aa POSITION: marg.
Or. 321.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τὰ γὰρ δαιμόνια μέλαινα ὑπάρχουσιν ὡς καὶ ζωγράφουσιν αὐτά. —Y2
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: In later Greek the masc./neuter stem could be μελαιν(ο)‑ as well as μελαν(ο)-; cf. μελαινονέφης, μελαινοφόρων, μελαινότερος and ‑τατος.
Or. 321.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι τὸν χρῶτα μέλαινα —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See on 320.09.
Or. 321.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ μέλανα χρῶτα ἔχουσαι —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,8–9
Or. 321.12 (thom exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τοῦτο λέγει διὰ τὸ τοὺς μαινομένους μέλανας τὸ χρῶμα ποιεῖν. —ZZaZlZmTG
TRANSLATION: He says this (‘black-skinned’) because they make the insane black in color.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: first τὸ om. T | μέλαν T, μέλαινας Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,9–10
Or. 321.17 (rec gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: Ἐρινύες —AbMnRSSa
POSITION: s.l. (app. cont. from 321.05 SSa)
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐριννύες MnSa |
Or. 321.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν —V3FPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuB3a
TRANSLATION: (‘Eumenides’ is the name used) in euphemism.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: κατ’ εὐφημισμῶν Zu, κατεφημισμόν Yf |
KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός
Or. 321.21 (thom exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατ’ εὐφημισμόν· δυσμενίδες γάρ εἰσι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν καὶ ἀληθῆ λόγον. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: This word (‘Kindly Ones’) too is used euphemistically. For (these goddesses) are hostile according to a correct and truthful reckoning.
POSITION: s.l. Gu
APP. CRIT.: app. τοῦτο ὃ λέγει εὐμενίδες κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν φησὶ Zl (damage) | καὶ τοῦτο om. Gu
COMMENT: καὶ τοῦτο, ‘this too’, refers to 318.14 κατ’ εὐφημισμόν, applying to ποτνιάδες (only in ZmGu).
KEYWORDS: εὐφημισμός
Or. 322.01 (vet exeg) ταναὸν αἰθέρ’: 1ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθέρα πάλλεσθε πτερωταὶ οὖσαι. 2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 9.571]· ‘ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς’. —MBVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: You leap/dart through the ether, being winged. Homer: ‘Erinys who travels in the air/mist’.
LEMMA: MC, τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα BPr, ἄλλως VRw REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: follows 322.03 VRw
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθ. om. Pr (no punct. between lemma and note) | πτερωταῖς οὔσαις VRw | 2 καὶ ὅμ. VRw
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πάλλεσθαι VRw | 2 ἱεροφοῖτις M, ἱεροφόνται Pr | ἐρινῦς B, ἐριννύς PrRw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.130,16–17; Dind. II.107,14–15
COMMENT: See on 275.17.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 322.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ταναὸν αἰθέρα τὸν λεπτομερῆ, τροπικῶς· 2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται. 3τὸ δὲ ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινοῦσιν αὐτὸν τὸν ἀέρα ἐμφαντικῶς, 4τουτέστιν ἀναπάλλεσθε τοῖς πτεροῖς, 5κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν σείοντα τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τὸ ὄρος. —MBCPr, partial O
TRANSLATION: ‘Rarefied ether’ in the sense ‘composed of subtle particles’, figuratively. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. And the word ‘you vibrate’ (is used) because they stir up the air itself, in a vivid usage. That is, you make (it) vibrate with your wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who with his feet and his movement makes the mountain shake.
LEMMA: M(in marg.)C POSITION: cont. from 322.01, add. δὲ, BPr; 1–2 left marg., rest s.l. and right marg. O
APP. CRIT.: 1 ταναὸν … λεπτομερῆ om. O | 3 τὸ δὲ ἀμπ. ὡς] ὅτι O | δὲ om. MC | 4 τουτέστιν· ἀναπάλλεσθε om. O
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τινόμενα M | 4 τοῦτέστιν B, τουτἔστιν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,1–5; Dind. II.107,15–19
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer
Or. 322.03 (rec exeg) τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα: 1τὸν λεπτομερῆ, μεταφορικῶς· 2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται. 3ἐμφαντικῶς τὸν αἰθέρα ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινουσῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἀέρα τοῖς πτεροῖς, 4κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν λείποντα καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τοῖς ποσὶ σείοντα τὸ ὄρος. —VMnRaRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: ‘Composed of subtle particles’, metaphorically. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. In a vivid usage ‘you vibrate the ether’ as if they are stirring up the air with their wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who leaves and in his movement makes the mountain shake with his feet.
LEMMA: all REF. SYMBOL: VRaRbSa POSITION: follows sch. 326.02 S
APP. CRIT.: 3–4 punct. and rubr. initial as if sep. scholion Rw | 3 ἐμφ. om. S, ἐμφανῶς Rw | τὸν αἰθέρα om. MnRaRbSSa | ἀμπάλλεσθε] ἀμπάλεσθε a.c. V, ἐμπάλλεσθαι Rw, ἀπάλλεσθαι Ra, ἀπάλλεσθε Sa, ἀμπέλεσθαι Rb | ἀνακινοῦσαι RaRb | αὐτῶν] αὐτὸν Rb | after πτεροῖς add. αὐτῶν Ra | 4 ὅμηρον V | λείποντα Sa, λειπόντα Mn, εἰπόντα others | τῇ om. a.c. V | τοὺς ὄρους Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,15–19 app.
KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer
Or. 322.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: ἀνὰ —AaFMnPrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGrB3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: τὸν add. Aa
COLLATION NOTES: Cross om. Ta. |
Or. 322.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: τὸν ἐπὶ πολὺ τεταμένον αἰθέρα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Tanaon’ is applied to the ether in the sense) ‘the ether that is stretched out to a long distance’.
POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 322.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν πλατὺν —VAbMnRSSaB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. MnS | τὸν om. AbRSaB3a
Or. 322.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν κεχυμένον —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Gu with cross. |
Or. 322.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πέτεσθε —AaR
REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: s.l. Aa, marg. R
APP. CRIT.: εἰς τὸν add. R
Or. 322.23 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: κινεῖσθε —AaAbFMnRRfSSaZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FS
APP. CRIT. 2: κινεῖσθαι Zl, a.c. Zm |
Or. 322.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ἀνέρχεσθε —MnRSSa
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: ἀνέχεσθε MnS
Or. 322.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πάλλεσθε —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 322.07)
Or. 322.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨αἵματος⟩: αἷμα ὁ φόνος. αἷμα τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καὶ αἷμα ἡ συγγένεια. —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 323.01 (mosch paraphr) τινύμεναι δίκαν: 1τινύμεναι δίκην αἵματος, ἤγουν λαμβάνουσαι δίκην φόνου, τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον. 2τινύμεναι φόνον, ἤγουν φονεύουσαι. —AaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Exacting a penalty for bloodshed, that is, taking a penalty for murder, that is, punishing because of murder. Exacting murder, that is, killing.
LEMMA: G(τιννύ‑)
APP. CRIT.: 1 φόνου] φόνον Yf | κολάζουσι X | διὰ τὸν φόνον T
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τιννύ‑ AaG | 2 τιννύ‑ AaXbG |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.108,10–12
Or. 323.02 (pllgn rhet) διπλασιάζει τὰς λέξεις. —Y2
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: For διπλασιασμός indicating anaphora or epanaphora, cf. sch. Thom Ph. 1054 ὁ γὰρ τῶν ὀνομάτων διπλασιασμὸς ὑπερβολὴν θαύματος δηλοῖ.
KEYWORDS: διπλασιασμός
Or. 323.03 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἓν ν̅ ὀφείλεις γράφειν εἰς τὸ τινύμεναι. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς οἰκείως. —T
TRANSLATION: Because of the meter you should write one nu in ‘tinumenai’ (not ‘tinnumenai’ with two, as in some manuscripts). For thus it is properly formed with respect to the colon of the antistrophe.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.13,22–23; de Fav. 52
Or. 323.04 (vet paraphr) first τινύμεναι: τιμωρίαν λαμβάνουσαι ὑπὲρ αἵματος καὶ φόνου —MBVCPraPrbRb
TRANSLATION: Exacting punishment for bloodshed and murder.
LEMMA: VRb, τινύμεναι φόνον C REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: intermarg. M; s.l. (above ἀμπάλλεσθ’ αἵματος) Prb; cont. from 322.02 BPra
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὸ τινύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BPra(τιννύ-, δίκην Pra), πανταχοῦ prep. Prb | ὑπὲρ τοῦ C | καὶ om. Pra
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,6; Dind. II.107,20–21
Or. 323.09 (thom gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι —ZZaZlZmZuTGuCrOxZc2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOxZu | ἀνταποδιδοῦναι Zu
Or. 323.12 (tri metr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52
Or. 323.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δίκαν⟩: τιμωρίαν —OVAaAbFMnRSaPrXo2Zc2ZmGu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
Or. 323.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τινύμεναι φόνον⟩: 1Ἐριννύες θεαὶ τρεῖς παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἔφοροι φόνου καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς. 2καλοῦνται δὲ Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιρα καὶ Τισιφόνη. 3πῶς δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει ‘τιννύμεναι φόνον’; 4οὐ γὰρ ἀνταποδιδοῦσιν αὗται φόνον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐκδικοῦσιν τοὺς φόνους. 5λέγομεν οὖν ὅτι ἐξ ὧν ποιοῦσι τοὺς φονεῖς μαίνεσθαι παραπλήσιον ποιοῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ ἐφόνευον. 6ἢ τὸ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς νοητέον. 7τίω γάρ ἐστιν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τιμῶ καὶ τὸ τιμωρῶ, 8ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ μὲν αἵματος τιννύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι, τὸ δὲ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκδικοῦσαι τὸν φόνον καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς. 9ἢ εἰ τὸ φόνων μεγαλογραφεῖται λάβοις ἂν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ δίκαν καὶ τὸ τιννύμεναι ὡς καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐρεῖς. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The Erinyes are three goddesses among the Greeks who oversee murder and punish murderers. And they are called Alecto, Megaera, and Tisiphone. And how does he say here ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’? For these goddesses do not give back murder in return, but rather punish murders. So we explain that from the way they make murderers go crazy they do almost the same as if in fact they were killing them. Or, one must understand the phrase ‘exacting murder’ to mean ‘punishing the murderers’. For the verb ‘tiō’ means not just ‘give back in return’, but it also means ‘honor’ and ‘avenge/punish’, so that ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) penalty of bloodshed’ means ‘giving back in return’, but ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’ means ‘avenging the murder and punishing the murderers’. Or, if you write the word with a long vowel (genitive ‘of murders’ instead of accusative ‘murder’), you would take ‘penalty’ in common (with both phrases) and you will say ‘exacting’ (‘tinnumenai’) in the same way as the first one.
REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm at 321 εὐμενίδες; at 318 θεαί ZZa POSITION: on fol. with 323–335 T, fol. with 321–346 Gu
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀλητὼ ZZaZmT, prob. Zl | καὶ om. Gu | 3 λέγει ἐνταῦθα transp. Zm | 3 φόνον] δίκην Gu | 5 καὶ om. T | 6 νοητέον τοὺς φονεῖς transp. ZlZmTGu | 8 δίκην ZZaGu (δίκην in text ZZa) | 9 δίκην Za [Zl ending washed out] |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐριννύαι Zm | 2 μέγαρα Za | 3–9 τινύμεναι T (all places) | 4 ἐκδιοκοῦσι Gu | 6 νοτέον Za | 9 λάβης Zm |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.107,11–13 and 108,1–10
Or. 323.18 (thom gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: ἐκδικοῦσαι —ZZaZlZmTGuAa2Zc2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zc2
Or. 323.25 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: τίνα; τοῦ Ὀρέστου δηλονότι. —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶ ὀρέ() Pr
Or. 324.01 (324–326) (rec paraphr) καθικετεύω ὑμᾶς ἐᾶσαι τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῆς μανίας τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς νόσου τῆς ἐπιφοιτώσης αὐτῷ εἰς μανίαν. —GK
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑμῖν K | καὶ add. before ἐπιλαθ. K | τὰς μανίας … τὰς ἐπιφοιτώσας K | καὶ om. G | αὐτὸν K
Or. 324.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨καθικετεύομαι καθικετεύομαι⟩: καθικετεύω καθικετεύω —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 324.03 (rec exeg) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: καὶ καθικετεύω, τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ ἐνεργητικοῦ —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 324.05 (thom gloss) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: λίαν παρακαλῶ —ZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λίαν lost to damage Zl
Or. 324.07 (rec gloss) ⟨second καθικετεύομαι⟩: ὑμᾶς ὦ ἐρίνυες —AaAbMnRSSa
POSITION: s.l.; above first καθικ. S
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. MnSSa
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρίννυες AaRSa |
Or. 325.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: υἱὸν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2
POSITION: s.l. (above τὸν Cr)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Cr
Or. 325.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον. —Za
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 325.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον. —Z
LEMMA: δόμον in text Z POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 325.06 (325–326) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐάσατ’ ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: καὶ ἐπιλήσμονες γένεσθε —V3
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 326.01 (326–327) (vet exeg) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: λύσσα καὶ μανία καὶ φοῖτος ἕν ἐστιν. —MBC
TRANSLATION: Insanity (‘lussa’) and madness (‘mania’) and wandering (‘phoitos’) are one thing.
POSITION: intermarg.; appended to sch. 327.01, add. δὲ, M
APP. CRIT. 2: φοιτὸς C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,9; Dind. II.108,17
Or. 326.02 (326–327) (vet exeg) λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου: τῆς λύσσης τῆς καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιούσης καὶ φοιτᾶν, ὅ ἐστι περιϊέναι —MCMnRbSSa, partial O
TRANSLATION: The mental disturbance that makes one both go mad and roam about, that is, ‘go around’.
LEMMA: λύσσας Sa, λύσας MnRb POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. OC; between 319.07 and 322.03 S
APP. CRIT.: τῆς λύσσης om. O | first τῆς om. S | τῆς καὶ] Schw., καὶ τοῦ MC, τοῦ ORb, καὶ τῆς τοῦ MnSSa | ποιοῦσαι MCRb, ποιοῦσα O | καὶ φοιτᾶν κτλ om. O | second καὶ om. MCRb | ὅ ἐ. περ. om. C | at end add. λύσσα καὶ μανία Rb (cf. sch. 326.01) |
APP. CRIT. 2: λύσης Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,7–8; Dind. II.108,14–15 app.
Or. 326.03 (326–327) (rec paraphr) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ποιούσης τοὺς μαινομένους ὁρμᾶν μανίας —AbMnRSSaGu
POSITION: s.l., except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: μανίας om. AbRGu
APP. CRIT. 2: ὁρμὰς Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.108,13–14
Or. 326.09 (moschThom gloss) ⟨μανιάδος⟩: μανικῆς —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. H
Or. 326.12 (326–327) (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: ὁρμητικῆς —H4V3Aa2CrPrOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmZuT*B4
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ τῆς prep. V3, καὶ prep. Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.108,13
Or. 326.13 (326–327) (rec gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐπερχομένης —AbRS
POSITION: s.l.; twice in R (also above ‑λαθέσθαι)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S | τοὺς ἐπερχομένους S
Or. 326.14 (326–327) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐμποιούσης φοῖτον, ἐνθουσιαστικῆς —G
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 326.15 (326–327) (pllgn gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: φονευτικῆς —F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: crossed out later
Or. 327.01 (vet exeg) φεῦ μόχθων: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων καθ’ ἑαυτό. τουτέστι δυστυχής ἐστι χάριν τῶν μόχθων. —MBCKPr
TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘alas for the toils’ is by itself. That is, he is unfortunate because of his toils.
LEMMA: BPr REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. K
APP. CRIT.: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων] τοῦτο Pr, om. K | ἐστι καὶ MC
APP. CRIT. 2: καθεαυτὸ C, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Pr | τοῦτέστι B | τὸν μόχθον C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,10–11; Dind. II.108,16–17
Or. 327.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται. 2ἢ τὸ φεῦ συντέτακται, ἵν’ ᾖ φεῦ {ἰὼ Ζεῦ} οἵων μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις. —MC, app. H
TRANSLATION: This phrase has been uttered by itself. Or the exclamation ‘pheu’ (‘alas’) has been connected syntactically, so that it means: ‘Alas for the sort of toils that you, poor man, reached for and were ruined’.
LEMMA: C POSITION: follows 332.01 MVC (cf. sch. 332.02 in HO); H app. has it in proper sequence
APP. CRIT.: H almost entirely lost | 1 ἀναπεφώνηκεν M [H] | 2 ἰὼ ζεῦ del. Schw.
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κατιδίαν M | 2 ὀρεχθεὶς by correction M (perhaps began ἔρρ)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,12–13; Dind. II.108,20–22
COMMENT: The similarity of sch. 332.02 seems to have led to the displacement of this note and the interpolation of ἰὼ ζεῦ by a misunderstanding of 332.01, leading to the improbable idea that ἰὼ ζεῦ goes closely with φεῦ.
Or. 327.03 (rec exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: ὦ τῆς ἀνάγκης· φεῦ σοι τῷ δυστυχεῖ χάριν τῆς κακοπαθείας —VPr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ τῆς ἀν. om. Pr
Or. 327.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκεν τῶν —CrSOx
POSITION: s.l.; Ox as two sep. glosses
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. Cr
Or. 327.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: πόνων λέγω δὴ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου —ZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (Genitive ‘of toils’ means) ‘of the pains, I mean, (deriving) from the murder of the mother’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. T | δὴ om. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.108,18
COMMENT: λέγω δὴ means that Thomas advocated taking μόχθων as in apposition to λύσσας, not as genitive of cause with the exclamation, as others did.
Or. 327.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἐν ἄλλῳ μόχθων κακῶν —Ar
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: ἐν ἄλλῳ
Or. 327.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨κακῶν μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκα —XXaXoTYYfGGrZc
LEMMA: κακῶν μόχθων in text XXaXoYfGr POSITION: s.l.
Or. 327.16 (327–328) (vet exeg) οἵων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς: 1πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέτεινε τὸν λόγον· 2οἵων πραγμάτων ὁ τάλας ἐπιθυμήσας· 3λέγει δὲ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τῆς μητρός· 4οἴχῃ καὶ διέφθαρσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος δεξάμενος τὴν μαντείαν ἣν ὁ Φοῖβος ἔλακεν. —MBCPr, app. H
TRANSLATION: (The chorus) turned its speech to address him (Orestes): ‘Having longed for what sort of things, poor man’. (The chorus) is speaking of the murder directed at his mother: ‘You are gone and have been destroyed, having received from the tripod the oracle that Phoebus cried forth’.
LEMMA: BPr, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις C REF. SYMBOL: B
APP. CRIT.: H almost totally lost | 1 ὡς πρὸς BCPr | ἀποτίνει (om. τὸν λόγον) C | 2 ὁ] σὺ ὁ BPr, ὦ C | 4 διεφθάρης C | τοῦ om. M | ἃν M, ὃν Pr | ἐλάλησεν Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ὤχη M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,16–18; Dind. II.108,22–109,2
Or. 327.17 (pllgn paraphr) δι’ οἵων κακῶν δηλονότι ἔρρεις ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,3
Or. 327.19 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: πραγμάτων —Aa2MnPrB2B3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λείπει prep. Pr
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 327.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ⟩: ὦ —Ab
Or. 328.01 (vet exeg) ὀρεχθεὶς: ἐπιθυμήσας· ἐκτείνεται γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν. —MaMbCaCbV
TRANSLATION: (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires stretches forth his thought.
LEMMA: CbV REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. Mb, appended to sch. 332.01 Cb
APP. CRIT.: ἐκτείνονται … οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες MaV | ὁ ἐπιθυμ. τὴν διάνοιαν transp. Ca
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιθυμὼν Ca |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20
Or. 328.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶν ἐντείνεται †ὥσπερ† τὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον. —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires, as it were, stretches forth his thought toward the thing longed for.
POSITION: intermarg.
APP. CRIT.: perhaps transpose ὥσπερ ἐντείνεται τὴν διάνοιαν or ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸ ποθ.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20 app.
Or. 328.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας —OV3AaAbFGKMnPrRSXoZZaZlZmZuTGuOx2Y
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FPrZu | V3 adds ἐκτείνεται γὰρ ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν (cf. prev. sch.)
Or. 328.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,3
Or. 328.05a (rec exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: γρ. ἔρρῃ. —R
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 328.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: φθείρῃ —VAaAbMnRSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: φθείρει Gr (η s.l.), a.c. app. Yf |
Or. 328.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: ἐφθάρης —CrFKPrOxZZaZlZmZuTGuB3a, app. Ab
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrFPrOxZu
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφθάρεις FB3a |
Or. 328.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: φθείρεις ἑαυτόν —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,3–4
Or. 328.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ· 2τὸ γὰρ ἔρρω καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια πάθος ση(μαίνει), ὡς καὶ τὸ χαίρομαι τὸ παθητικὸν χαρὰν ση(μαίνει). οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν πάθος ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 8.164] ‘ἔρρε, κακὴ γλήνη’. —Y2
TRANSLATION: The active voice used with a passive sense. For with the verb ‘errō’ even the activity indicates passivity, just as also in the case of ‘chairomai’, the passive indicates delight. Thus too here the passive form indicates passivity, as in (the Homeric phrase) ‘off with you, poor sissy’.
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 328.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1ἔρρω τὸ φθείρω πρωτότυπον. ὁ μέλλων ἐρρήσω. 2οὐ γὰρ ἐστὶν ὁ μέλλων ἐρῶ δι’ ἑνὸς ρ̅ ἵνα μὴ συνεμπέσῃ τὸ ἐρῶ καὶ λέξω. 3ὅπου μαρτυρεῖ καὶ ὁ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Eq. 4]· ‘ἀφ’ οὗ γὰρ εἰσηρρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν’. —Y2
TRANSLATION: ‘Errō’ meaning ‘I ruin’ is the base form. The future is ‘errēsō’. For the future is not ‘erō’ written with one rho, in order that the form not coincide with ‘erō’ meaning ‘I will say’. Since Aristophanes too gives evidence: ‘because ever since he made his damned way (‘eisērrēsen’) into the house’.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes
Or. 329.01 (329–330) (rec paraphr) δεξάμενος σὺ τὴν μαντείαν ἣν Ἀπόλλων ἐλάλει ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος εἰς τὴν γῆν —Ra
Or. 329.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ —AbMnS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὴν γεν. om. AbMn
Or. 329.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τρίποδος⟩: ἀπὸ —OAa2GK
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. K | τοῦ add. Aa2G
Or. 329.08 (vet exeg) ἀπόφατιν: ἀπόφασιν πρόσταξιν —BOVC
TRANSLATION: (Meaning) declaration, command.
LEMMA: C POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 328.02, add. δὲ; s.l. OV
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ prep. C | πρόσταξιν ἀπόφασιν transp. B, πρόσταξιν om. O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,19; Dind. II.109,5
Or. 329.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: διὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν. πρόσταξιν τὴν κακήν —V3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: formed by adding words to V gloss 329.08
Or. 329.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: μαντείαν —OAa1AbKMnRSZZaZlZm
LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text Zm, ἄπο φάτιν RS POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὴν prep. S
APP. CRIT. 2: μαντίαν MnS |
Or. 329.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: κακὴν μαντείαν —PrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text Zc POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. PrXo | μαντ. κακήν transp. G
Or. 329.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: χρησμὸν —FPr
LEMMA: ἄπο, φάτιν in text p.c. Pr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ους add. under gloss (= χρησμοὺς) F
Or. 329.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν καὶ ἀπόφατιν. —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 329.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο φάτιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν. —R
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 329.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο, φάτην⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἀπόφατιν. —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 329.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: γράφεται ἄπο φάτιν. —Zm
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 329.19 (rec gloss) ⟨φάτιν⟩: διὰ τὴν —CrMnSOx
LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. Mn
Or. 329.20 (rec metr) ⟨ἃν⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 330.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: εἶπεν —OXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε YfZl |
Or. 330.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐβόησεν —AbMnRa1Ra2SZmZu
REF. SYMBOL: Ra1 POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ra1
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. Ra1, καὶ prep. S
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐβόησε Zu |
Or. 330.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐλάλησεν —AaAbMnRSG
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλάλησε S, ἀλάλησε Mn |
Or. 330.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: σὺ —AbMnRZZmTGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,6
COMMENT: The gloss is intended to forestall the temptation to take δεξάμενος as part of the relative clause, thus applying to Apollo (see also 329.01). That misconstrual is evident in the gloss 330.11.
Or. 330.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: ὁ οἰκῶν —P2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,6
COMMENT: The participle is interpreted as modifying ὁ Φοῖβος.
Or. 330.12 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πέδον —BOC
TRANSLATION: In that land.
POSITION: s.l. O, marg. B; cont. from 329.08 (with no punct.) BC
APP. CRIT.: πεδίον O, δάπεδον C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,20
Or. 330.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἀνὰ πλατὺ πέδον —V
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐκεῖνον (sic) add. V3
Or. 330.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατὰ τὴν γῆν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,6–7
Or. 330.16 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος οἴκημα τὸ καλούμενον Δελφούς —ZZlZmTGuOx2
TRANSLATION: That is, at the dwelling of Apollo called Delphi.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. T | εἰς om. GuOx2 | τοῦ om. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,7–8
Or. 330.17 (rec gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὴν γῆν —AbFMnRSZu
LEMMA: ἀναπέδον in text MnS POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. F
Or. 330.19 (thom gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὸ ἔδαφος —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.; a second instance in marg. Zm
APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,7
Or. 330.23 (tri metr) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: long mark over alpha —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52
COMMENT: Triclinius wrongly adjusts the length of the alpha to suit his scheme. He apparently treated the alpha as short in the trimeter Or. 1645 (no mark) as well as in Andr. 117, Ion 121, and IA 756 (all in L).
Or. 331.01 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ὀμφαλὸς κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας. 2ἢ παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης τὴν Πυθώ. 3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς, 4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι, ὅθεν ὀμφαλὸς ἐκλήθη. 5ἀνακεῖσθαί τε χρυσοῦς ἀετούς φασι τῶν μυθευομένων ἀετῶν ὑπομνήματα. —(H)MBOCPrRw
TRANSLATION: Pytho is called ‘navelÆ (‘omphalos’) by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god. Or because Pytho is in the middle of the inhabited world. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met at that place, wherefore it was called navel. And they say that golden eagles have been set up as dedications memorializing the eagles told of in the mythical story.
LEMMA: MC(prep. ἄλλως), μεσόμφαλοι Rw; label ἱστορία in marg. Pr REF. SYMBOL: H POSITION: follows 322.02 in M, follows next in C; follows sch. 327.16 (with punct.), add. δὲ, B
APP. CRIT.: only small traces survive in H | 1–2 ὀμφαλὸς … ἢ om. O | 1 κέκληται] λέγεται Rw | ἡ πυθία Pr | παρὰ τὰς Schw. (from next sch.), παρὰ τὸ τὰς MBRw, παρὰ τὸ CPr, H uncertain | second τὰς om. M | ὑπὸ θεοῦ BPr | after χρηστ. add. λέγειν BPr | 2 εἶναι om. C, transp. after οἰκουμένης O | τὴν πυθώ om. BPr | 3 δύο ταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι ἀετοὺς Pr | ἀφιέναι MOCRw | μὲν] δὲ O | 4 συναντῆσαι BPr | ὅθεν καὶ HPr | 5 τε δύο ἀετοὺς χρυσοῦς H | ἀετούς] ἀε M | φη(σὶν) Pr | μεμυθευμένων O | ὑπομνήματα] μνημεῖα H, ἀπομιμήματα Valckenaer |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πυθῶα (sic) M | 2 πυθῶ M | 5 χρυσοὺς Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,1–7; Dind. II.109,9–15
COMMENT: The addition of λέγειν after χρηστηριαζομένας provides the infinitive expected with παρὰ τὸ and could conceivably be meant to provide the lambda that a full etymology would want to account for. But it likely to be secondary, that is, a correction in the B-tradition after the accidental intrusion of τὸ. | Valckenaer’s emendation is to be found in Theocriti decem Idyllia … cum notis edidit eiusdemque Adoniazusas uberioribus adnotationibus instruxit L. C. Valckenaer (Leiden 1773) 402–403, where he reports an excerpt from this scholion with the reading ἀπομνήματα (found in Barnes’ edition, although Arsenius correctly printed ὑπομνήματα).
Or. 331.02 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί: ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαιτάτη ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου. ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ἢ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας. —BC
TRANSLATION: (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world. Or (in the middle of) the Cycladic islands. Or (‘mesomphalos’) is derived from the oracular voices and pronouncements.
LEMMA: C; ἄλλως in marg. B POSITION: precedes prev. in C
APP. CRIT.: παρὰ τὸ τὰς C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.131,21–23; Dind. II.109,15–17
COMMENT: Outside the scholia on this play, there is no other extant claim that Delos is at the midpoint of the world, and the most likely explanation of the origin of the note is that in a short note stating that Delphi was at the center of the world the proper name was corrupted to Delos by some combination of visual similarity and mental association. (Proper names of mythological persons, gods, and places are sometimes accidentally substituted for one another both by ancient scribes and by modern scholars.) Once this error occurred, someone added the more traditional doctrine that Delos is in the middle of the Cyclades, found in Sch. Hom. Od. 5.123c1 Pontani, sch. Callimachus Hymn. 4.325a, and elsewhere. The idea of Delos as a midpoint in a different sense is found once in Galen, when he names it as a temperate midpoint between hot Africa and cold Scythia: in Hipp. prognost. comm. iii, 18b:314,5–8 Kühn Λιβύηϲ μὲν γὰρ ὡϲ θερμῆϲ, Ϲκυθίαϲ δ’ ὡϲ ψυχρᾶϲ, Δήλου δ’ ὡϲ εὐκράτου καὶ μέϲηϲ ἀμφοῖν, ἕνεκα παραδείγματοϲ ἐμνημόνευϲεν.
Or. 331.03 (rec exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. 2ἢ ὀμφαλὸν τὴν Πυθὼ λέγει. 3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἀφεῖναι ἰσοταχεῖς, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς, 4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι. 5ὀμφαλὸς δὲ κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας. —VMnRbSSa, partial Ra
TRANSLATION: (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world and of the Cycladic islands. Or by ‘omphalos’ he means Pytho. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met there. Pytho is called navel by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god.
LEMMA: V, ἵνα μεσόφαλοι (sic) Rb, μεσόμφαλοι MnS REF. SYMBOL: VSa
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἡ δῆλος … λέγει om. Ra | 2 λέγειν V | 3 γὰρ om. RaRb | ἀνατολῆς] ἀνατ()λ()῀ VRa, ἀνατολῶν RbMnSSa | 5 παρὰ τὰς RaRb, παρὰ τὸ VMnSSa | at end add. λέγειν V, add. ἤτοι μαντευομένας Ra |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πυθῶ a.c. Mn | 5 πυθῶ Ra | χρηστηριζομένας Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,9 app.
Or. 331.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. 2ἢ παρὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας ἅλλεσθαι. —Pr
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ] ἡ Pr
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 331.05 (thom exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι: 1βουλόμενος ὁ Ζεὺς τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς μαθεῖν δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοπετεῖς εἰληφὼς ἀφῆκε, τὸν μὲν ἐξ ἀνατολῆς, τὸν δὲ ἐκ δυσμῶν. 2συνηντήθησαν οὖν εἰς Δελφούς, ἔνθα τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐστὶ μαντεῖον. 3ὅθεν καὶ εἰς τοῦτο κατασκευάσαντες χρυσοῦς ἀετοὺς δύο ἀνέθεσαν ἐκεῖ εἰς ὑπόμνημα τῶν πρόσθεν ἀετῶν. —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2
TRANSLATION: When Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth, he took two eagles that flew at the same pace and released them, one from the east, the other from the west. The came together, then, at Delphi, where the oracle of Apollo is. Therefore also in response to this, having procured two golden eagles, they dedicated them there as a remembrance of the earlier eagles.
LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰσοταχεῖς T
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 αἰετοὺς ZGu | ἀφῆκεν Zm | 2 συνητήθησαν Ox2 | 3 αἰετῶν Z, αὐτῶν Zl |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109 app. on 12
Or. 331.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἵνα⟩: ὅπου —V1/2AaAbCrF2MnPrRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZuT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 331.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: εἰς Πυθίαν —V
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: πυθήαν V (perhaps corrected) |
Or. 331.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: ὅπου, γίνωσκε, ὁ Παρνασσὸς τυγχάνει ἐν τῇ Πυθίᾳ. —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 331.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: παρὰ τὸ (?)ὀμφαλὸν(?) εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ —V3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: mostly erased
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 331.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: βʹ ὁ (?)Δῆλος(?) ὀμφ(ά)λη(?) / ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐλέγοντο. —B3a
POSITION: marg. beside 323–324
COMMENT: The reading is extremely uncertain, and the note seems incomplete, but the possibility that Delos and ‘omphal‑’ are mentioned suggests the note belongs here. The words have no discernible relevance to 323–324.
Or. 331.20 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: ὑπάρχειν —PrXoY
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι add. Y, δηλονότι μυχοὶ add. Xo
Or. 331.21 (thom gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: καλοῦνται —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,18
Or. 331.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: καταδύσεις οἰκήσεις —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Xo | οἰκήσεις om. Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,18–19
Or. 331.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: κοιλότητες —GuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,19
Or. 331.26 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: περισσὸν ἦν τὸ γᾶς· ἤγουν μυχοὶ γᾶς. διὸ καὶ ἐξεβλήθη παρ’ ἐμοῦ. ἀρκεῖ γὰρ τὸ δάπεδον. —T
TRANSLATION: The word ‘gās’ was superfluous (scil. in the reading ‘muchoi gās’ found in the manuscripts). (‘Hollows’ by itself) means ‘hollows of the earth’. Therefore the word has been removed from the text by me. For the word ‘ground/land’ (330 ‘dapedon’) is sufficient (to indicate the meaning).
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.109,20–21; de Fav. 52
KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by | περισσός/περιττός
Or. 332.01 (vet exeg) ἰὼ Ζεῦ: πρὸς τὰ ἄνω τοῦτο σχετλιαστικῶς μετὰ ἤθους ἀναπεφώνηται. —MCPr
TRANSLATION: In reaction to the preceding words, this is enunciated complainingly with controlled emotion.
LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. Pr; after (out-of-order) sch. 335.19 M
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἄνω printed by Dind. (and Schw.) without note | τοῦτο om. M, transp. before πρὸς Pr | σχετλιαστικὸν MC | μετὰ] μέτρον Pr | at end add. ἰὼ ζεῦ μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρει Pr, cont. with sch. 328.01 MC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,8–9; Dind. II.110,4–5
COMMENT: See on 136.02.
KEYWORDS: μετὰ ἤθους
Or. 332.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται. —HO
TRANSLATION: This is enunciated on its own.
POSITION: intermarg. H
Or. 332.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος. —V3
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 332.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἰὼ⟩: φεῦ —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOxZl
LEMMA: ὦ in text T POSITION: s.l. except X (above ζεῦ G)
Or. 332.07 (mosch artGloss) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩: ὦ —XXaXbXoYYfGrAa2Ox
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ὦ ζεῦ X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.110,6
Or. 332.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩: ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (The invocation of Zeus is spoken) apotropaically.
POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X, from 332.06 T
APP. CRIT.: φεῦ prep. X | ἀποτροπῆς Xo, ἀποτροπ()῀ T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.110,6
COMMENT: The usual construction in describing exclamations is ἐπὶ + gen., as in the more common ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως, and the gen. is found here in Xo and in sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1372c alpha Koster ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ‘ὦ Ἄπολλον’ ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῆς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ‘ὦ ἀλεξίκακε’· τὸ δὲ ‘ὦ Ἡράκλεις’ ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ λαμβάνεται. On the other hand, ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ + objective gen. is quite common in various authors, and that usage may have influenced the choice of dative, if that was Moschopulus’ choice.
Or. 333.01 (vet exeg) τίς ἔλεος: 1εἰς τὸ τίς ἔλεος στιγμὴν δεδωκότες λείπειν τῷ λόγῳ φήσομεν τὸ γενήσεται καὶ τὸ ἄλλο τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς, 2ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα; —MBCPrRw
TRANSLATION: Having placed punctuation at ‘what pity’ we shall say that the verb ‘will come about’ is missing in the phrase and that the second ‘what’ is to be understood as ‘none’, so that the sense is as follows: ‘what pity will come about?’ meaning ‘who will have pity on you, Orestes?’
REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: follows 327.16 in M
APP. CRIT.: 1 στιγμὴν δεδωκ.] στίξαντες Pr | στιγμὴ M | ἄλλο del. Matt. | 2 ὁ νοῦς om. Pr | τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται om. Rw | after γενήσεται add. τῷ ὀρέστῃ BPr | second τίς] τίς τοῦτον ἐλεήσει, τίς ἄρα Rw | σε ὀρέστα] τὸν ὀρέστην Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,11–13; Dind. II.110,7–10
COMMENT: Taking the second τίς as equivalent to ‘no one’ implies punctuation after the second τίς. The many mss I have checked have punctuation and/or extra space after ἔλεος, but none after the second τίς, except F (where it appears to be by the text hand) and V, where is it clearly added by corrector V2. Cf. the glosses with οὐδείς, 333.10, 333.18, as well as 333.05, which says correctly that the answer to the rhetorical question τίς ἔλεος must be supplied mentally (ἔξωθεν). The present note would make good sense if ἄλλο were deleted with Matthiae so that the remark applied to the first τίς, but ἄλλο appears to be confirmed by δεύτερον in 333.28 and the suprelinear note 333.29 (although these could of course have been derived from the discursive note after it was corrupted).
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 333.03 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἄρα, φησὶ, τοῦτον ἐλεήσει, 2τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων σε καὶ ἐξεγείρων. 3τουτέστιν· ἆρα δαίμων τις ἐπιπέμπει τούτῳ τὰς Ἐρινύας; —MBCPrRw
TRANSLATION: Who, then, (the chorus) says, will pity this man? And what danger is this and what insanity-like sickness that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding you and arousing you? That is, is some divinity sending the Erinyes against this man?
LEMMA: MC, in marg. B POSITION: cont. from 333.01 PrRw
APP. CRIT.: 1 τίς … ἐλεήσει om. Rw (cf. app. to prev.) | 2 ἐπὶ σὲ] ἐπὶ δὲ Pr | ταχύνων] ταχίστων Rw | 3 δαίμων ἆρα transp. M | ἀποπέμπει Rw | τούτῳ] om. Rw, οὕτω Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄρα] ἆρα M | 3 ἆρα] ἄρα C | ἐριννύας PrRw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,14–16; Dind. II.110,10–13
Or. 333.04 (rec paraphr) τίς ἔλεος: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται ἵν’ ἦ ὁ νοῦς· τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα, τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων καὶ ἐξεγείρων. —V
TRANSLATION: The verb ‘will come about’ is to be understood so that the sense is: Who will pity you, Orestes, and what danger, that is, insanity-like sickness, is this that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding and arousing (you)?
LEMMA: ἰὼ ζεῦ τίς ἔλεος V REF. SYMBOL: V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,11–6 app.; Dind. II.110,7 app.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 333.05 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτόν· 2ἔξωθεν ἀκουσόμεθα τὸ οὐδείς. 3διὰ τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ κίνδυνος, ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων, ἐπέρχεται φόνιος, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον. —MBCPrRw
TRANSLATION: Who will pity him? We will supply from outside (the answer) ‘no one’. Why (will no one pity him)? Because this danger, the one from the Erinyes, is coming upon him in bloody fashion, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man.
LEMMA: M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως C, ἢ ἄλλως PrRw(ἄλλος), ἄλλως in marg. B POSITION: cont. from 333.03 Rw
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀκουσώμεθα M, ἀκουστέον Pr | 3 οὗτος] app. οὐτω or οὔτω M | αὐτοῦ Pr | second ὁ om. Rw | ἐκ om. C | ἔρχεται BPrRw | after ἔρχεται scholion-ending punct. Rw |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐριννύων Pr | μεθορμῆς MC |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,17–19; Dind. II.110,13–15
COMMENT: See on 333.01.
Or. 333.06 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, τίς, ὦ Ζεῦ, 2ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλεταί τις ἀλάστωρ, πορεύων εἰς δόμους, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων αὐτὸν τῇ μανίᾳ καὶ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον, 3ὅστις, ὁ ἀλάστωρ, ἐγείρει τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός. —MBVCPraPrb
TRANSLATION: What pity is there for this Orestes, what pity, o Zeus, (for this one) for whom some avenging demon (‘alastōr’) adds tears upon tears, making (him) enter the house, meaning dragging him around in madness and making him revel thoughout the house; who, the avenging demon, arouses the blood of his mother.
LEMMA: VCPra, in marg. MB POSITION: follows 335.01 M, follows 335.19 V; Prb version follows Prb version of 338.10
APP. CRIT.: 1 τίς ἔλεος … ζεῦ om. Prb | τίς ὦ ζεῦ om. BPra | 2 ἀλαστόρων V, τῶν ἀλαστόρων Prb | δόμους αὐτοὺς VPrb, δόμον Pra | ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Prb | ἕλκων B, ἥκων Pra | αὐτὸν] om. VPrb, αὐτῷ C | after μανίᾳ add. τὸ γὰρ πορεύων δηλοῖ τὸ περιέλκον αὐτὸν τῆ μανία C | καὶ ἀναβακχεύων del. Schw. | καὶ om. Prb | ἀναβακχεύω V | κατὰ τῶν οἴκων VPrb | 3 ὁ M, om. others | ἀλαστόρων V | ἐγείρει] om. Pra, ἀνεγείρει V | at end add. V sch. 337.17, add. Pra πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦντα |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐστὶν M | 2 ᾧ] ὦ C | συμβάλεται C | ἀλλάστωρ M | 3 ἀλλάστωρ M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,20–23; Dind. II.110,16–111,2
Or. 333.07 (rec paraphr) ἢ ᾧτινι σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πορεύων ἤτοι φέρων εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ ᾍδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συμμίγει. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν ᾧτινι τῷ φόβῳ καὶ τῷ κινδύνῳ καὶ τῇ μανιώδει νόσῳ δάκρυα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσιν. —Pr
TRANSLATION: Or, for whom, that is, for you, Orestes, (the struggle) conveying or bringing your mother into the house of the avenging demons, meaning into the house of Hades, mixes tears upon tears. Or this way: in which, (namely) the fear and danger and insane sickness, (the struggle mixes) tears upon tears.
POSITION: cont. from Prb version of 333.06
Or. 333.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ, ᾧ δάκρυα ἐπιβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων δαιμόνων, τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦν; 2τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου, εἰς τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἀλαστόρων· 3καὶ τίς δὲ ἡ νόσος πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιοῦσα εἰς Ἅιδου; 4ἡ δὲ περικοπή· οἵων μόχθων ἐπιθυμήσας, ὦ τάλας, διέφθαρσαι, δεξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος τὴν μαντείαν, ἣν ὁ Ἀπόλλων εἶπε κατὰ τοὺς Δελφοὺς, ἔνθα γῆς ὀμφαλὸς λέγεται. 5τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτὸν, ὦ Ζεῦ; 6τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐπέρχεται διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον. 7μετέβαλε δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. —BC, partial Pr
TRANSLATION: What pity is there for this man, upon whom one of the alastor-demons imposes tears, the blood of his mother causing him to go and to run throughout the house? Some have understood (that the phrasing is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to Hades, to the dwelling of the alastors. And what is the sickness causing him to go to Hades? And the passage as a whole runs: having set your heart on what toils, o wretched man, you have been ruined, after receiving the oracle from the tripod, which Apollo spoke in Delphi, where the navel of the earth is said to be. Who will pity him, o Zeus? Why (do I ask this)? Because this struggle comes upon him from the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man. The chorus shifted from speaking about him to speaking to him.
LEMMA: BC
APP. CRIT.: 1 τίς … ποιοῦν om. Pr | τούτῳ τῷ ὀρέστῃ B | διατρέχων αὐτὸ C | ποιεῖ C | 2 first εἰς] τὸ B | τοῦ om. C | εἰς τὸν] κατὰ τὸν B, rewritten as εἰς τὸν later | 3 εἰς ἅδην Pr | 4 οἷον C | τοὺς δελφοὺς] τὴν ἀδελφὴν Pr | 5–7 τίς ἐλεήσει κτλ om. Pr | 6 τί, οὗτος C, τοιοῦτος B | τὸν om. C | after ὁρμῆς add. δὲ B | φερομένη C |
APP. CRIT. 2: 6 μεθορμῆς C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,1–11; Dind. II.111, 3–13
Or. 333.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ὦ Ὀρέστα, τίς, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς. —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 333.12 (mosch exeg) τίς ἔλεος: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόθεν ἂν γένοιτο ἔλεος; —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: from where might pity come?
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G | ἂν γέν. ἔλεος om. Aa2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,17–18
Or. 333.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ἔσται σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,17
Or. 333.15 (vet exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται. —H
TRANSLATION: (The verb phrase) ‘will there be’ is to be understood.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 333.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς —Pr
POSITION: below the word, because space above full
Or. 333.21 (333–338) (vet paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ⟨φόνιος⟩ ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ⟨ὅ σ’⟩ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τὸ ἑξῆς τίς φόνιος οὗτος ἀγὼν, ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σε ἀναβακχεύει, ἔρχεται θοάζων σὲ τὸν μέλεον, 2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων μαίνεσθαί σε ποιῶν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους. —MCMnRaRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: The run of the sense (is): What (is) this bloody struggle, the blood of your mother that makes you revel, (that) comes agitating you, the wretched one? For/In/With which, that is, the struggle, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, causing you to rave in madness throughout the house.
LEMMA: M(om. τίς)C(ὃ δ’), τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ἕως τοῦ ὃς ἀναβακχεύει MnRaRb(‑εύειν)S(ὃς ναβακ‑)Sa, τίς εἰς δόμους Rw REF. SYMBOL: RaRbSa POSITION: intermarg. M
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἑξῆς] MC, om. others | σῆς Rw | ὅ σε] Rw (ὃς s.l.), ὅ σ’ MnSSa, ὅτι MCRb [Ra] | ἀναβακχεύει] sch.-ending punct. after this word Sa (ἔρχεται … μέλεον by rubr.) | ἔρχεται om. Rw | μέλεον] sch.-ending punct. after this word M | 2 συμμίσγει] συμμίγει RaSa, συμμίσγεις Rb | σε] σοι C, a.c. M, om. Ra |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 app. οὑτὸς or οὑτὸ M | θοάζων σε MRaS | 2 ὦτινι M | συμισγεῖ Mn | τίς all (except τῆς Rb) | ἀλλαστόρων Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,12–16; Dind. II.111 app. at 7
Or. 333.22 (rec paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς: 1τίς οὗτός σε φόνιος ἀγὼν ἔρχεται θοάζων μέλεον, 2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνεισάγει ⟨τις⟩ τῶν ἀλαστόρων, 3ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει καὶ ἀνακινεῖ πορεύων καὶ μαίνεσθαί ⟨σε ποιῶν⟩ κατὰ τοὺς δόμους. —VC
TRANSLATION: What is this bloody struggle that comes agitating you, wretched one, to which, namely the struggle, one of the alastors contributes tears upon tears, the blood of your mother, (the alastor, or the struggle) which makes you revel and stirs you to motion, conveying (you) and making you go mad throughout the house?
LEMMA: V (but punct. and rubr. as if note begins with ἔως), ἄλλως C REF. SYMBOL: V
APP. CRIT.: 1 τίς … ἀγὼν] τὸ ἑξῆς τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος V | 2 τῷ om. V | 3 ματέρος om. C | ἀναβ. καὶ om. V | ἀναβακχεύει] cf. prev. sch., ‑εύων C | πορεῦον V | μαίνεσθαι] σημαίνεσθαι C | σε ποιῶν suppl. from prev. sch. |
APP. CRIT. 2: οὗτος σε C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,12–16 app.; Dind. II.110 app. at 7
Or. 333.23 (338–338) (mosch paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγών: 1τίς ὅδε ὁ κίνδυνος φόνιος ἔρχεται παροξύνων σε τὸν μέλεον, 2ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνάπτει τις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν 3πορεύων εἰς τοὺς δόμους τὸ αἷμα ἤγουν τὸν φόνον τῆς σῆς μητρός, ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: What is this murderous danger that comes sharply urging you on, wretched man, for whom, that is, for you, one among the hostile (spirits) joins tears to tears, conveying into the house the blood, that is, the murder of your mother, which makes you revel in madness?
LEMMA: G
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔρχεται φόνιος transp. a.c. Xo | 2 ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ] ὃς T | δάκρυσι] δάκρυα G | ἀπὸ] λέγω T | 3 χορεύων, πο s.l. G (same reading and s.l. variant in text G) | εἰς τὸν δόμον T, εἰς τούσδε G | τῆς om. Xo | ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει om. X, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει (‑εύων a.c.) G |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τίς all except τὶς G | 3 σ’] σε T |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,13–16
Or. 333.24 (333–338) (rec wdord) word order (α) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν, (β) ἔρχεται, (γ) φόνιος, (δ) σε, (ε) τὸν μέλεον, (ϛ) θοάζων, (ζ) ᾧ, (η), τις, (θ) ἀλαστόρων, (ι) συμβάλλει, (ια) δάκρυα, (ιβ) δάκρυσι, (ιγ) πορεύων, ⟨(ιδ) ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς⟩(?), (ιε) εἰς δόμους —V1/2
APP. CRIT.: ιε app. changed from ιδ; corrected placement of ιδ either effaced or omitted
Or. 333.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ποία αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγκη καὶ ἡ βία καὶ ὁ κίνδυνος καὶ ὁ φόνος —V
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 333.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 333.28 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: τὸ δεύτερον τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς. —M
TRANSLATION: The second ‘tis’ (‘which?’) conveys the sense of ‘none’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.132,10
COMMENT: For this note and the next two, see above on 333.01.
Or. 333.29 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: ἢ οὐδείς —HOCSa
TRANSLATION: Or (to put it in other words) ‘none’.
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C
APP. CRIT.: ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ CSa, om. O
Or. 333.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ἡ καταλαμβάνουσά σε μανία —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘This struggle’ here refers to) the madness that possesses you.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,18–19
Or. 333.34 (333–335) (rec paraphr) φόνιος ἔρχεται: ὁ κίνδυνος ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἔρχεται φόνιος μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ἐπιφερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν ἄθλιον. —Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρριννύων Rf |
Or. 333.35 (333–334) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται⟩: ἐπέρχεται κίνδυνος καὶ φόνος —MB
TRANSLATION: Danger and killing approach.
POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: φόβος M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,20–21
Or. 333.37 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ὁ κίνδυνος —PrV3XXaXbXoT+YGGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. V3XoGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,18
Or. 333.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ἤγουν ἡ μανιώδης νόσος —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: μανιοδὴς Zu |
Or. 334.01 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: ποταπὸς —ZmT
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: This note omitted by Ta. |
Or. 334.02 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: φονικὸς —ZmTGuOx
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,20
Or. 334.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: δαιμονιώδης —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,20
Or. 334.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρχεται⟩: ὅστις —P2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: To be understood along with 333.27, that is, τίς ἐστιν (ἀγὼν) ὅστις ἔρχεται.
Or. 335.01 (vet exeg) θοάζων: 1ἐπιδιώκων ταχύνων διεγείρων ἐκμαίνων. 2‘κῆτος θοάζον’ [Eur. Andromeda fr. 145.2] Ἀνδρομέδᾳ. —MaCaB, partial MbCbRw
TRANSLATION: Pursuing, hastening along, agitating, driving mad. ‘Sea-monster speeding along’ in Andromeda.
LEMMA: Rw POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. MbCb, cont. from 333.05, add. δὲ, MbCb
APP. CRIT.: 2 κῆτος κτλ om. MbCbRw | θοάζον Plut. de aud. poetis 6 (Mor. 22E), θοάζων MaBCa
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνδρομέδ() MaB (‑μέδᾳ printed by Dindorf), ἀνδρομέδη Ca |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,17–18; Dind. II.111,22–23
COMMENT: The Andromeda passage contains an intransitive use, according to Plutarch (κινεῖσθαι), and that is certain if line 1 of Eur. fr. 145 (ὁρῶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ παρθένου θοινάματα / κῆτος θοάζον ἐξ Ἀτλαντικῆς ἁλός) is correctly joined to line 2 (as Fritzsche first proposed). The reading θοάζων within the isolated line provides the typical commentator’s support for the transitive or causative sense offered by the four gloss-words. Perhaps the line was cited in a commentary that offered transitive and intransitive examples from more than one text, and when the note was shortened at a later stage to include only the Andromeda example (because from Eur. himself?), someone felt the need to change θοάζον to θοάζων to make the example work.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Andromeda
Or. 335.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: κινῶν —VKPrZZaZlZmTGuZcOx2
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 333.05 V
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VPrZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,23
Or. 335.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: παροξύνων —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,23
Or. 335.12 (thom gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἐκμαίνων —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,23
Or. 335.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν μέλεον⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην —V2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν νέστ(ο)ρα V2
Or. 335.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: τὸν —Aa2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Since Aa has τὸν μέλεον in the text, this article gloss is abnormal. Perhaps it is an incomplete copying of Moschopulean τὸν ἄθλιον.
Or. 335.19 (335–338) (vet exeg) ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι: 1συνάγει καὶ συμμίσγει ἐπάλληλα δάκρυα. 2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 4.453]· ‘συμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ’. 3ἢ συνάπτει, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν συμβαλλόντων τοῖς σχοινίοις ἕτερα καὶ ἐπιμηκέστερα ποιούντων, 4οἷον· ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι συνάπτει δάκρυα. 5Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Pac. 36–37]· ‘ὥσπερ οἱ σχοινία / συμβάλλοντες εἰς τὰς ὁλκάδας’. —MBCPr, partial HVRw
TRANSLATION: He brings together and mixes together tears in close succession. Homer: ‘the two (torrents) combine their mighty streams of water’. Or (the meaning is) ‘ties together’, so that the metaphor is from those who combine other things with ropes and make the things greater in length, as if to say ‘he joins tears to the tears’. Aristophanes: ‘just like those who plait ropes for towed barges’.
LEMMA: MC(δάκρυσιν)Rw, ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει B(δά() δάκρυ())Pr, ᾧ δάκρυσιν V REF. SYMBOL: HBV POSITION: between sch. 331.01 and 332.01 M; follows next C
APP. CRIT.: 1 συνάγει ἀλλεπάλληλα δάκρυα καὶ συμμίσγει H(δάκρυα om.)Rw | συνάγει] ἄγει MVC (ἄγει καὶ crossed out by a later hand in V) | ἀλλεπάλληλα δακρύων V | 2–3 ὅμηρος … ποιούντων om. V, ὅμηρος … ᾖ om. H, ὄμηρος … ἢ om. Rw | 2 καὶ add. before ὅμ. M | 2–5 συμβάλλετον] συμ[. rest lost to trimming H | 2 συμβάλλετον] συμβάλλει τὸ BPr [H] | ὄβριμον B, ὄμβριμον MCPr, s.l. B | 3–4 ἕτερα … ἐπὶ] ἕτε (ρα … ἐπὶ om.) M | 3 ἕτερον ἑτερ(ον) Rw | καὶ om. C | ποιούντων] τοιούτων Rw, om. Pr | 4 συνάπτειν C | 5 ἀριστοφάνης κτλ om. VRw | οἱ om. BPr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 συμμίγει Pr | 2 συμβάλετον MC | 3 ἵν’ Pr | συμβαλόντων MC | 5 ὀλκάδας Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133,19–23; Dind. II.111,25–112,3
COMMENT: The quotation is inexact; for σχοινία Arist. has τὰ σχοινία / τὰ παχέα.
KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes
Or. 335.20 (335–338) (vet paraphr) ᾧ δάκρυα: ᾧ, τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, δάκρυα δαίμων τις κακὸς ἀλλεπάλληλα συνάπτει, δίκην τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ εἰσπραττόμενος. —MCRw, partial H
TRANSLATION: For whom, namely Orestes, some evil demon joins together tears in close succession, exacting punishment for the bloodshed of his mother.
LEMMA: M(ὦ)C; ἄλλως Rw POSITION: intermarg. MH; precedes prev. in C; follows 333.21 Rw
APP. CRIT.: ᾧ, τῷ] ᾥτινι HRw | κακὸς om. H | δίκην κτλ om. H | τοῦ δὲ αἵματος Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: ὦ M | ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλα MC |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,1–2
COLLATION NOTES: Daitz gives the last words in H as συν⟨άπτ⟩ε⟨ι δίκην⟩, but there does not seem to be enough space in the intermarg. corner for δίκην (also the truncated scholion would be misconceived, since δίκην goes with εἰσπραττόμενος). Check new images of H when available. |
Or. 335.21 (335–338) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ δάκρυα⟩: τίς τῶν ἀλαστόρων περιέλκων σε καὶ τῷ μανιώδει νόσῳ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διὰ τὸν φόνιον ἀγῶνα τῆς μητρὸς μαίνεσθαι σε ποιεῖ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συνάπτων. —V3
TRANSLATION: Which one of the alastors, dragging you around and with the insanity-like sickness making you revel throughout the house, because of the bloody struggle of your mother makes you be insane, joining tears to tears?
REF. SYMBOL: V3 POSITION: marg.
Or. 335.22 (335–338) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὃ δάκρυα: 1ὃ γράφε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις καὶ δόμον μὴ δόμους, λέγων οὕτως· 2ὃ καὶ ὅστις ὁ ἀγὼν δηλονότι ὁ φόνιος συμβάλλει καὶ συνάπτει τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα. 3ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίει ταῦτα ὁ ἀγών, ἀλλά τις τῶν θεῶν, ἐπήγαγε, 4τις λέγω τῶν ἀλαστόρων καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πορεύων καὶ ἐπιφέρων εἰς τὸν δόμον τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι. 5οἱ δὲ γράφοντες τὸ ω μέγα διὰ τὸ συμβάλλει ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα. —T
TRANSLATION: Write here ‘ho’ meaning ‘hostis’ (masculine relative pronoun) and ‘domon’ not ‘domous’, explaining it thus: which, that is, which contest, obviously, the bloody one, brings together and joins together tears with tears. But since the contest was not doing these things, but rather one of the gods, he continued with: one (I mean) of the alastors and the hostile (spirits) conveying and bringing into the house the blood of your mother, which makes you go mad. And those who write an omega (that is, ‘hō’ = ‘hōi’, dative relative pronoun) on account of ‘sumballei’ (which often takes a dative) do not understand the meter.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. (barely visible now; τρικλινίου in marg. Ta) POSITION: on next page T (lemma last line of its page)
APP. CRIT.: 2 first ὁ om. Ta
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 τίς T |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.112,5–11; de Fav. 52
Or. 335.23 (335–337) (rec wdord) word order α (ᾧ), β (τις), γ (ἀλαστόρων), δ (πορεύων), ε (συμβάλλει), ϛ (δάκρυα), ζ (δάκρυσι), η (εἰς δόμους) —R
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 335.24 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι δηλονότι ἢ ᾧτινι σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —VMnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὥτινι prep. Sa | δηλονότι om. MnSSa | σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ om. S, σὺ τὼ μελέω Mn
APP. CRIT. 2: ὦ αγῶνι] ὦ αγών ἢ a.c. Mn |
Or. 335.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: σοὶ ἢ τῷ ἀγῶνι —ZZaZlZmGuOx2
TRANSLATION: (The masculine relative pronoun has as antecedent) ‘you’ or ‘the struggle’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.111,24
Or. 335.34 (tri exeg) ⟨ὃ⟩: ὅστις ἀγών —T
TRANSLATION: (The relative pronoun ‘ho’ is here masculine, meaning) ‘which struggle’ (with ‘which’ in its relative use).
LEMMA: ὃ in text T POSITION: s.l.
Or. 336.05 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συμμίγει —AbMnSSaGuZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: συμμίσγει S, συμμίγνυσι Zu
Or. 336.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνέρχονται —AbMnS
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The plural assumes that δάκρυα is the subject and that the verb is intransitive.
Or. 336.11 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνάπτει —AaFPrXXaXbYYfGrZcZZaZlZmT*Ox2
LEMMA: συμβάλλη in text Zl POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: συνάπτη Zl |
Or. 337.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨πορεύων τις εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: πορευόμενος ἢ πορεύων τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακινῶν κατὰ τοὺς δόμους καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιῶν —V
TRANSLATION: Conveying himself, or conveying Orestes, equivalent to making him move throughout the house and making him insane.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 337.02 (vet gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων —MCPr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Pr, τοῦ om. C | τῆ μανία add. M2
Or. 337.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: κινῶν —V1AaFMnPrRSSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σε add. V1
Or. 337.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἐπιφέρων —KZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Ta wrongly places a cross with this gloss, app. misreading the rectilinear breathing sign in T. |
Or. 337.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: πορευόμενος —AbCrMnRSOxP2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | -ομένην S
Or. 337.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ πορευόμενος, τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ —S
TRANSLATION: That is, conveying himself; the active form used in place of the passive.
POSITION: below the line, last of page
APP. CRIT.: παθητικὸν … ἐνεργητικοῦ S
Or. 337.16 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἢ εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ Ἅιδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἢ σέ, τὸν Ὀρέστην —V
TRANSLATION: Alternatively, (the syntax is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to the house of Hades, (carrying) your mother or you, Orestes.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,3–4
COMMENT: Schw. ignores or suppresses the initial ἢ and treats εἰς δ. ἀλ. as a lemma, but V does not rubricate the initial of ἀντὶ.
Or. 337.17 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιεῖ εἰς τοὺς καταχθονίους. —V
TRANSLATION: Some have understood it as to the house of the alastors, meaning ‘makes him go to Hades to those below’.
POSITION: appended to sch. 333.06 V
APP. CRIT.: αὐτῶ V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.133 app. at 1–11
Or. 337.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τις ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν —PrB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τις ἤγουν om. B3d
Or. 337.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν θεῶν —MnRSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: τιμωριτ‑ RMn |
Or. 337.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν δαιμόνων —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Alastores’ are) punishing divinities.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τιμωρητικῶν ὀργάνων· δαιμόνων Za
Or. 337.27 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ om. T | τῶν om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐχρῶν Aa2 |
Or. 337.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων —CrFOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν om. F
Or. 338.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. —R
REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.
Or. 338.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος —AbMnPrS
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.134,13
Or. 338.04 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητέρος —Aa2AbRXXaXbXoT
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: μητρός Aa2RT
Or. 338.05 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ —V3FRSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ add. R, γὰρ add. Sa (app. by misreading of τὸ)
Or. 338.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνον —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν prep. KT
Or. 338.10 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1διχῶς στίζουσιν ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει. 2ἀποδίδοται οὖν πρὸς μὲν τὴν πρώτην στιγμήν· 3τίς οὗτος φόνιος ἔρχεται ἀγὼν, ᾧ ἀγῶνι δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει καὶ συμβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων 4πορεύεσθαι ποιῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον, 5[ἢ] ὅ σε, τὸ αἷμα δηλονότι, ἀναβακχεύει καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. 6πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν στιγμὴν οὕτως· 7τίς οὗτος ἔρχεται φόνιος ἀγὼν, ⟨ᾧ, τῷ ἀγῶνι,⟩ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων, 8ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει πορεύων καὶ περιέλκων ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς, 9ὅ ἐστιν· ἀνακινῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον. —MBCPra, partial Prb
TRANSLATION: They punctuate/segment ‘os anabackcheuei’ in two different ways. Now then, it is rendered with the first segmentation (that is, ‘ho s’’, neuter relative pronoun with elided pronoun ‘se’): What bloody contest is this that comes, to which contest one of the alastors mixes in and adds tears to tears, causing the blood of your mother to move into the house and not permitting it to rest unavenged, which thing, the blood clearly, makes you revel and causes you to go mad? With the second segmentation (that is, ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun without a pronoun), (it is rendered) as follows: What bloody contest is this that comes, for which, that is, the contest, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, (one) who makes you revel, conveying (or: making dance?) and forcing around the blood of your mother, that is, causing the blood of your mother to move through the house and not allowing it to rest unavenged?
LEMMA: BPra(‑χεύσει), ὃς ἀναβακχεύει C, ὥς (or ὅς) ἀναβακχεύει app. M POSITION: between 340.02 and 341.01 C, between 351.01 and 333.06 Prb
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 διχῶς … πρώτην στιγμὴν om. Prb | 1 ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει] ὃς ἀναβ. C, ὡς ἀναβ. M, om. BPra | 2 μὲν] μίαν Pra | 3 δάκρυα om. PraPrb | 4 ποιῶν πορεύεσθαι transp. BPraPrb | σῆς om. BPraPrb | εἰς τοὺς] prob. thus B, κατὰ τοὺς after rewriting of faded ink at a later time | 5 ἢ del. Schw. | ὅ σε] ὅς σε M | δηλονότι om. BPraPrb | 6–9 πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτ. κτλ om. Prb | 6–7 οὕτως· τίς οὗτος Schw., ὅτι τοσοῦτον all | 7 after ἀγὼν add. καὶ BPra, ᾧ τῷ ἀγῶνι suppl. Schw. | 8 πορεύων] om. Pra, χορεύων C | σᾶς om. Pra | 9 σου om. Pra | μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν] Pra, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν B, μὴ ἠρεμῶν αὐτὸ εἶναι M(‑μὸν or ‑μὼν)C, μὴ ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὸ ἐῶν Schw. |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 διχὸς M | 3 ᾧ] ὦ M | συμμίγει PraPrb | συμβάλει C | ἀλλαστόρων M | 7 συμμίγει Pra |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,5–14; Dind. II.112,17–26
Or. 338.11 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τινὲς στίζουσιν ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅπερ σε, τὸ αἷμα. 2γράφεται δὲ καὶ ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει, ὁ ἀλάστωρ ⟨ὅς⟩ σε ἀνακινεῖ καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. —MCMnRbSSa
TRANSLATION: Some punctuate/segment (with neuter relative pronoun and elided pronoun, ‘ho s’’) ‘which makes you revel’, so that the sense may be ‘which very thing … you’, (namely) the blood. But it is also written (as one word ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun) ‘who makes you revel’, (namely) the alastor who agitates you and makes you go mad.
LEMMA: Mn, ὥς or ὅς ἀν. M, ὃς ἀν. CRb, ὁς or ὅς ἀν. S, Sa faded and illegible REF. SYMBOL: Rb POSITION: marg. M
APP. CRIT.: 1 after στίζ. add. εἰς τὸ MCRb | ὅ σ’] Sa, ὄ σ’ Mn, ο̅ς̅ Rb, ὃς MC, ὅς S | πόντου add. before ἵν’ Rb | 2 γράφεται δὲ om. MnRbSSa | ὁ om. MCMn | ὃς suppl. Schw. | ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι transp. MnSSa |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἵνα MnRbSSa | 2 ἀλάστωρ written over ἵνα ἦ (repeated from prev. sentence) Mn | ἀνακεινεῖ Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,15–17; Dind. II.112,14–17
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 338.12 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: τουτέστιν· ὅπερ, ⟨τὸ αἷμα⟩ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀναβακχεύει σε καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ἢ ὅστις ἀλαστόρων ἀνακινεῖ τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον. —B
TRANSLATION: That is, which thing (neuter relative pronoun), ⟨the blood⟩ of your mother, makes you revel and makes you insane. Or, which (masculine relative pronoun) of the alastors arouses the blood of your mother, not allowing it to rest unavenged.
POSITION: follows 333.08 with period, not scholion-ending punct.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,18–20; Dind. II.112,12–14
Or. 338.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ μαίνεσθαί σε ποιεῖ —AbMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σε] με Mn
Or. 338.15 (tri metr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀν(αβακχεύει)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52
COMMENT: The note is above the first two syllables. This does not agree with the description of the colon in 316.01, which indicates that at some point Triclinius read ὅς σ’ ἀνα- and treated ανα as the resolution. See on 316.01.
Or. 338.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἢ ὃ καὶ ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα —SSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ ὃ om. S | ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα] ὕπερ τίνα S
Or. 338.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κινεῖ, μαίνεσθαι κατὰ σοῦ ποιεῖ. —MC
TRANSLATION: Meaning sets in motion, causes to rage madly against you.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C
Or. 338.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: μανιοποιεῖ ἀνεγείρει —MnS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μανίαις ποιεῖ Mn
COMMENT: The verb μανιοποιεῖν is attested in TLG only in Philodemus, περὶ ὀργῆς fr. 17, col. 34,26 and Et. Magn. 547*,337.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 338.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: μαίνεσθαι κινεῖ —K
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: perhaps read μαίνεσθαι ⟨ποιεῖ,⟩ κινεῖ (338.31, 338.23)
Or. 338.29 (moschThom gloss) ἀναβακχεύει: ἐκμαίνει —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZZaZlZmAa2
LEMMA: ὅσ’ ἀναβακχεύει X POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 338.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ⟨βάκχος⟩ ἢ ὁ οἶνος ἀπὸ τοῦ χέειν βοήν. ⟨ἢ⟩ βάκχος ὁ μαινόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βοᾶν τὸν Ἴακχον, τουτέστι τὸν Διόνυσον. πίνοντες γὰρ εἰς τὰς τοῦ Διονύσου ἑορτὰς ἐβόων τὸ Ἴακχε. —Y2
TRANSLATION: ‘Bacchus’ either means wine, from pouring a loud cry (‘boēn cheein’); or ‘bacchus’ means the one who rages madly, from shouting (the name of) Iacchus, that is, Dionysus. For when people were drinking in the festivals of Dionysus, they used to shout ‘Iacchus’.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 339.01 (tri metr) ⟨κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι⟩: long mark over each upsilon —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 52
Or. 340.01 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: περισσὸν τὸ ἓν ὡς. —MVCMnRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: One (instance of) ‘as’ (in 341 or in 343) is superfluous.
LEMMA: all (ὄλβος om. Rb) REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa POSITION: marg. M
APP. CRIT. 2: ἓν] ἐνὰς Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,21; Dind. II.113,6
KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός
Or. 340.02 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος: 1καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος· οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος. 2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου. 3τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐν μέσῳ ἀναπεφώνηται. 4ἢ οὕτως· ὡς δὲ πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν, 5οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων. —MBCPrRw, partial H
TRANSLATION: And the sense (of the whole long sequence) will be: Great prosperity is not lasting. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are pronounced separately in the middle. Or (take it) this way: just as in the violent destructive waves of the sea some divinity has overwhelmed the sail of a swift vessel, so too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed great prosperity with terrible sufferings.
LEMMA: BPr REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. MCRw
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος om. BPr [H] | οὐ … ὄλβος om. Pr | 2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε M(‑εν)C | τις transp. before αὐτὸν M | ὡσεὶ] ὡς εἰς Pr | λαῖφος transp. after θοᾶς Pr | second κατέκλυσε] κατέκλυσεν ἐν M, κατέκλεισε C | πόντου] πάντως Rw | 4–5 ἢ οὕτως κτλ om. H | 4 ἢ om. Rw | 4–5 κατέκλυσεν … ὄλβον om. M | 5 ὑπὸ om. Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τίς all except H (uncertain, damaged) | λάβροισι Rw | κύμασι] κύμασιν M | 4 τίς all |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,22–135,2; Dind. II.113,6–9
Or. 340.03 (340–344) (rec exeg) 1ὁ λόγος δὲ οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος. 2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου. 3οὕτω καὶ τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων. 4ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη. —VMnRbSSa
TRANSLATION: The sense is ‘great prosperity is not lasting’. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. So too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed prosperity with terrible sufferings. For as much power as wind has over a ship in the sea, so much does fortune have over humans (or: so much does the fortune of human beings have).
POSITION: cont. from prev. all
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁ δὲ λόγος transp. V | 2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε MnSa | γὰρ] τὸν Sa | second κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε Sa | 4 οὐ δύναται Sa | κατὰ νηὸς πνεῦμα transp. MnSSa | ἐκ θαλάσσης Rb | ἄνθρωπον V, ἀν(θρώπ)ου Rb, τῶν ἁνθρώπων S |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 θοὰς S, θεὰς Mn | λαύροι Mn | πνότου Mn | 3 οὕτως V | τεινάξας Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134,22–24 app.; Dind. II.113,6–10
Or. 340.04 (340–344) (rec paraphr) ἄλλως: ὡς ἐν πόντῳ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν, οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων. —V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.134 app.; Dind. II.113,11–13
Or. 340.05 (340–344) (rec paraphr) 1σύνταξις οὕτως· ἀνατινάξας τις δαίμων κατέκλυσε τὸν ὄλβον ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων 2καθώσπερ τις ἄνεμος κατέκλυσεν ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι τοῦ πόντου τὸ λαῖφος τῆς ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἢ τῆς ταχυτάτης νηός. —MnRaRbSSa
POSITION: cont. from prev. without punct. SSaRb
APP. CRIT.: 1 σύνταξις οὕτως Rb, om. others | 2 κατέλυσεν Sa, κατέκλυσεν τὸν ὄλβον S | τὸ λαῖφος … ἢ] Rb, τὸ ἅρμενον others (ἄρμ‑ Mn) | at end add. ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη Ra
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀντινάξας S | τίς all | 2 λαύροις Mn |
Or. 340.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: εὐδαιμονία —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἡ prep. T, ἡ μεγάλη prep. Zl
Or. 340.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: οὐκ ἐν μονῇ ἐστὶν, ἤγουν οὐ μένει —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. Xo |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,6
Or. 340.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: ἀλλὰ φθείρεται —Y2
POSITION: s.l. (perhaps meant to supplement prev.)
Or. 340.14 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: διηνεκής —ZcZaZlZmAaCrGOxZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. ZZcCrOx |
APP. CRIT. 2: δηϊνεκὴς Aa |
Or. 340.15 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: στάσιμος —ZmZuGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,7
Or. 341.01 (341–344) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεπόντισεν, ὡς ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασιν. 2ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη. —MBVCPr
TRANSLATION: Some divinity, having shaken prosperity violently, has overwhelmed it and sunk it in the sea, like the sail of a swift vessel with the sea’s violent destructive waves. For just as much force as wind has against a ship at sea, so much does fortune have in the life of humans.
LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως BPr REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from 341.04 V
APP. CRIT.: 1 πόντου om. Pr | λάβ. καὶ ὀλ. BPr | κύμασι transp. before λάβροις Pr | 2 ὅσον] ὃς M | γὰρ om. MC | τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ BV | ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων transp. MC |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δὲ τίς MV |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,2–6; Dind. II.114,4–7 and 113,20–23
Or. 341.02 (341–344) (rec exeg) 1ἀνατινάξας δὲ δαίμων τις τὸν ὄλβον, ὡς λαῖφος τι ἀκάτου θοᾶς κατέκλυσε λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι. 2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐμ μέσῳ καταπεφώνηται. 3ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη. —O
APP. CRIT.: 3 νηὸς perhaps corr. from νῆα O
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τίς O | λέφος τί O |
Or. 341.03 (341–344) (rec paraphr) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1οὕτως κλύζεσθαι δαίμων τις παρεσκεύασεν ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον, 2ὡς λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἀνατινάξας κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις. —VCRw
TRANSLATION: In such a way some divinity caused (it) to be flooded by unceasing actions, (it being) namely prosperity, in the same way that, having shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel, he caused it to be washed in the violent and destructive waves of the sea.
LEMMA: all (prep.ἄλλως C) REF. SYMBOL: V
APP. CRIT.: 2 ὡς] ἢ Rw | ἐποίησεν added by V1 in space left by V | ἐν λάβροις V
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τίς Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,12–14; Dind. II.113,13–16
Or. 341.04 (341–344) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1ἀνατινάξας γὰρ δαίμων τις, ὅ ἐστιν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πνεύσας, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον, 2οὕτως κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστάτων ἔργων ὡς ναῦν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις. 3τὸ γὰρ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς περιφραστικῶς τὴν ναῦν. —VC, partial Rw
TRANSLATION: For some divinity, having shaken (it) violently, which is to say having blown from above from heaven, (it being) namely prosperity, has caused it to be flooded by unceasing actions just like a ship in the sea’s violent and destructive waves. For ‘sail of a swift vessel’ is used periphrastically for ‘ship’.
LEMMA: V POSITION: cont. from prev. CRw, prep. ἢ οὕτω
APP. CRIT.: 1 γὰρ om. Rw | πνεύσας Mastr., πέμψας all | 2–3 ὑπὸ τῶν κτλ om. Rw | 2 τῶν om. C | 3 γὰρ om. C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τίς all | οῦρανοῦ] ὀρὰν Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,15–18; Dind. II.113,16–20
Or. 341.05 (341–344) (mosch exeg) τινάξας δαίμων: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων αὐτὸν δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοῆς κατέκλυσεν ὥσπερ ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις. 2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων διὰ μέσου, ἀντὶ τοῦ φεῦ ἕνεκα τῶν δεινῶν πόνων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Some divinity having violently shaken it, prosperity itself, just like the sail of a swift vessel, flooded (it) as if in the sea’s violent destructive waves. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are parenthetic, meaning ‘alas because of the terrible sufferings’.
LEMMA: G
APP. CRIT.: 1 δὲ om. Gr
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.114,13–16
KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου
Or. 341.06 (341–343) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (τις), δ (δαίμων), ε (κατέκλυσε), ϛ (ὡς), ζ (λαῖφος), η (ἀκάτου θοᾶς), θ (λάβροις), ι (πόντου) —M2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 341.07 (341–343) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (τις), δ (δαίμων), ε (κατέκλυσε), ϛ (δεινῶν πόνων), ζ (second ὡς), η (first ὥς), θ (λαῖφος), ι (ἀκάτου θοᾶς), ια (πόντου) —V
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 341.08 (341–342) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (δαίμων), δ (ὥς τις), ε (κατέκλυσε), ζ (λαῖφος), η (ἀκάτου) —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 341.09 (341–342) (rec wdord) word order α (δαίμων), β ((?)πόντου), γ (δεινῶν), δ (πόνων ὡς), ε (ὤστης), ϛ (τινάξας), ζ (λαῖφος(?)), η (ἀκάτου), θ (κατέκλυσε) —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: some numbers are obscure, uncertain
Or. 341.10 (341–342) (pllgn wdord) word order α (δαίμων), β (τινάξας), γ (λαῖφος), δ (θοᾶς) —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: some numbers are obscure, uncertain
Or. 341.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λαῖφος⟩: ἄρμενον —AbCrF2RSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZl
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸ prep. S, ὡς prep. F2
APP. CRIT. 2: ἅρμενον SXXaXbXoT+YfGrZlZc, ἄραμενος R |
Or. 341.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤστης⟩: ἄνεμος —AbMnRSSar
LEMMA: ὤστης in text MnRSa POSITION: s.l. (a second time in marg. R)
Or. 341.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: νηὸς —CrRSXo2ZZaZlZmTGuOx2B3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrS
Or. 341.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: πλοίου —GRSZc
POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zc
Or. 341.24 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: ταχείας —CrRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT*
POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 342.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: αὐτὸν τὸν πλοῦτον δηλονότι —Aa2F
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸν om. F | δῆλον F
Or. 342.06 (thom gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: ταράξας τοῦτον —ZZaZlZmTGuGOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτον om. G
Or. 342.10 (vet exeg) κατέκλυσεν δεινῶν: 1κλύζεσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, ἄστατον ὄντα ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων, τουτέστιν ἔργων. 2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.467]· ‘αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου’. 3ὡς γὰρ κλύζεται ναῦς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τύχη ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων. 4[Men. Georg. fr. 4.5 Sandbach = 94 Kock, 1 Koerte] ‘τὸ τῆς τύχης γὰρ ῥεῦμα μεταπίπτει ταχύ’. —MBCPr
TRANSLATION: Caused (prosperity) to be washed over, being unstable because of the terrible toils, that is, deeds. (‘Ponos’ is used as in) Homer, ‘but when they ceased from toil’. For just as a ship is washed over in the sea, thus too the fortune of humans (is affected) by unceasing actions. (Menander writes:) ‘For the flow of fortune shifts quickly’.
LEMMA: M(‑σε)C, ἢ οὕτως BPr REF. SYMBOL: M
APP. CRIT.: 1 παρεσκεύασέν τις θεῶν τὸν ὄλβον ἄστατον BPr (‑ασε τίς Pr) | ἀπὸ Pr | 3 κλύζεσθαι Pr | οὕτω … ταχύ] τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων MC [from sch. 341.01 above] | 4 τῆς τύχης γὰρ Menander, γὰρ τῆς τύχης all |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τοῦτέστιν B | 3 οὕτως Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,7–11; Dind. II.114,7–12
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation); Menander
Or. 342.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: δηλαδὴ τὸν ὄλβον —AbMnPrRSF2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δηλαδὴ om. Pr | αὐτοῦ add. R
Or. 342.21 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν —OAbFMnPrRS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. Pr | ἀπὸ Ab | τῶν om. OAbMn | δεινῶν add. S
Or. 342.22 (342–343) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: τῶν μακρῶν πόνων (?)καὶ(?) [ ]πιλύν(?) —P2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: obscured by fold in parchment
Or. 342.23 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ἐλλειπτικτὸν, φεῦ καμάτων —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐλλειπτικῶς
Or. 342.24 (342–343) (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: φεῦ ἕνεκα —XXaXbXo2T+YYfGGrAa2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἕνεκεν Aa2 | τῶν add. Xo2, τῶν χαλεπῶν δυστυχιῶν add. T (from Thoman glosses 342.25, 343.06)
Or. 343.16 (thom exeg) ⟨λάβροις⟩: 1τὸ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι πρὸς τὸ δεινῶν πόνων σύναπτε, καὶ μὴ λάμβανε ὑπὸ ἔξωθεν, 2μηδὲ τὸ ὡς πόντου μετὰ τόνου τὸ ὥς ἔκφερε, ὥς τινές φασιν. οὕτω δέ· 3ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ μεγάλη εὐδαιμονία οὐ μόνιμος καὶ διηνεκής ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς, 4ἀνατινάξας δὲ καὶ ταράξας αὐτόν τις δαίμων ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου καὶ νηὸς θοᾶς καὶ ταχείας κατέκλυσε 5καὶ ἠφάνισεν ἐν λάβροις καὶ σφοδροῖς ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων καὶ δυστυχιῶν, ὥσπερ πόντου κύμασι δηλονότι. 6ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὴ λαῖφος εἶπε διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κατέκλυσεν εἶπε καὶ κύμασι, 7δεικνὺς ὅτι ἡ τοῦ ὄλβου ἀνατροπὴ ἀνατροπῇ λαίφους ἔοικε καὶ αἱ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων ἐπελεύσεις κύμασιν ὀλεθρίοις. 8τὸ δὲ [346] ‘θεογόνων γάμων’ λέγει ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Τάνταλος υἱὸς ἦν Διός. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Join ‘in violent destructive waves’ to ‘of terrible sufferings’, and do not understand from outside ‘by means of/because of’ (‘hupo’); and do not pronounce ‘as of the sea’ with an accent as ‘thus (of the sea)’, as some say, but rather (the sense is) like this: Great prosperity, that is, great wealth/success, is not lasting, that is, continuous, among mortals, but some divinity, having shaken it violently and disturbed it just like the sail of a vessel, that is, a ship, a speedy one, that is, a swift one, has engulfed, that is, destroyed, it in violent, that is, intense, destructive waves of terrible sufferings, that is, misfortunes, just as if with waves of the sea, obviously. One should understand that since he (the poet) spoke of a sail, for this reason he also used ‘engulfed’ and ‘with waves’, showing that the overturning of prosperity is similar to the overturning of a sail, and the attacks of terrible sufferings (are similar) to destructive waves. And he uses the term ‘of god-born marriages’ because in fact Tantalus was a son of Zeus.
LEMMA: ἡ σύνταξις in marg. Z (at level of sentence 3) REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐν om. Zl | 2 first τὸ om. Gu | τόνου] πόνου Zl | 4 ταράξας] ἀναταράξας Zl | 5 first κύμασι transp. before λάβροις T | 6 first καὶ om. Zl | 7 ἀνατροπῇ om. Gu | ἀπελεύσεις Zl | κύμασιν] κύμασι θαλάσσοις [sic] T (θαλάσσης Ta) | 8 διὸς ἦν υἱός transp. Za |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μὴ δὲ all | τινες φασὶν Zl | 3 εὐδαινία Za | 7 ἔοικεν Zl |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.114,16–115,1
COMMENT: The target of Thomas’ disagreement about understanding ὑπὸ with δεινῶν πόνων is to be found in earlier scholia such as 340.02–05, 340.10, 342.21. As for his other objection, concerning the second ὡς (in ὡς πόντου), there is the later evidence of 343.10, and of the almost 50 mss I checked, the following have ὣς πόντου (or ὣς, πόντου) in the text: (contemporary with Thomas) AL and (later) B3dNYvZd. For the earlier ὡς of ὥς τις being taken as οὕτως one can cite 341.16, earlier than or nearly contemporary with Thomas. But that gloss is ambiguous: it could mean either that ὥς is to be treated as οὕτως here, or that one should paraphrase οὕτως (scil. τὸν ὄλβον ἀνετίναξεν) ὡς.
KEYWORDS: Thomas critical of another view
Or. 343.17 (thom exeg) 1ἢ οὕτω· κατέκλυσε δὲ αὐτόν τις δαίμων, ὥσπερ ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων, 2ὥσπερ κατακλύζει λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι πόντου, ἀνατινάξας καὶ ἀνατρέψας τοῦτο. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: Or (paraphrase it) in this way: Some divinity engulfed it, as if in violent destructive waves of terrible sufferings, just as he engulfs the sail of a swift vessel in violent destructive waves of the sea, having violently shaken and overturned this (sail of a ship).
POSITION: sep. from prev. by space Zm, by dot Gu, by small cross Zl
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἀνατρέψας] ἀναταράξας Zl | τοῦτον Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 οὕτως Zl |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,1–5
Or. 343.20 (moschThom gloss) ⟨λάβροις⟩: σφοδροῖς —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZcZaZlZmT*Aa3CrOxB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
COLLATION NOTES: In F, there is a possible trace of a gloss by F2. The trace is above ὀλεθρίοις and looks like a phi, so it may have been σφοδροῖς intended for λάβροις. |
Or. 345.01 (vet exeg) τίνα γὰρ: 1ἀλγῶ οὖν, φησὶν, τὴν ψυχὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίοις κακοῖς καὶ συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην. 2τίς γὰρ ἕτερος οἶκός ἐστι σέβεσθαι παρ’ ἡμῶν ἄξιος ἢ οὗτος, ὃς ἐκ θεῶν ἔχει τὴν καταβολήν. 3ἀρχηγὸς γὰρ τῆς γονῆς ὁ Ζεὺς, ὅστις ἐφύτευσε Τάνταλον Πλουτοῖ συνελθών. —MBCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial (H)OV
TRANSLATION: Therefore I am pained, the chorus says, as if over personal sufferings and I suffer along with (them, Orestes and Electra) their misfortune. For what other house is worthy to be revered by us compared to this one, which has its origin from the gods? For Zeus is the first origin of their birth, he who begot Tantalus when he had intercourse with Pluto.
LEMMA: M, τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος VCMnRbSSa, lemma τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον BPr, τίνα γὰρ πρὸς οἶκον Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRbSa POSITION: marg. O
APP. CRIT.: in H all that survives is the ref. symbol at the text and possible remants of ἰδίοις and σέβεσθαι in the left margin. | 1–2 ἀλγῶ … καταβολήν om. O | 1 ἀλγῶ … τύχην om. V | οὖν om. BMnPrRbS | τὴν ψυχὴν om. BPr | ὡς om. PrRw | συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην Schw., συναποφέρομαι τὴν ψυχὴν all | 2 τίνα γὰρ ἕτερον V(ἕτερον corr. to ἕτερος V1) | ἕτερος om. PrRw | οἶκος ἔστι om. V, add. in blank space V1 | ἐστι om. BPr | παρ’ ἡμῖν V | ἄξιος ἢ … ἐκ om. V, ἢ οὕτως ὅτι ἐκ add. in blank space V1 | ἄξιος BPr, om. others | ἢ] ὡς Rw | οὗτος] οὕτως Pr | ὃς] BPr, ὅτι others | ἔχειν M, ἔχων V(ἔχω with ν above ω) | καταβολήν] καταμονήν V | 3 ἀρχηγὸς om. V, add. in blank space V1, ἀρχηγός ἐστι Rw | τῆς om. O | γονῆς] ζωῆς MnRbSSa | ὅστις … ταντάλου om. V, add in blank space V1 | ὅστις] ὃς BOPr | τὸν τάνταλον CRw | πλουτοῖ συνελθών om. VMnSSa |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 πλουτοὶ M, πλούτω Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,19–22; Dind. II.115,8–12
COMMENT: Schwartz restored συνυποφερ‑ from Sch. Or. 1.04 συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην and the same sense is seen in Maximus Conf. Capita de caritate 3.79 φίλος ἐκεῖνός ἐστι γνήσιος ὁ τὰς ἐκ περιστάσεως θλίψεις καὶ ἀνάγκας καὶ συμφορὰς ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ συνυποφέρων τῷ πλησίον ὡς ἰδίας ἀθορύβως καὶ ἀταράχως (cf. 4.93). The verb is not common (and some instances in TLG may be corruptions of συναποφερ‑), and the use of the middle here appears to be unique, apparently reinforcing the idea of making the burden one’s own. | The note was clearly corrupt or hard to decipher in V’s source, and the variants suggest other difficulties from a corrupt tradition. Possibly the majority reading ὅτι (2) is right and BPr’s ὃς a rewriting. Certainly, their omission of τὴν ψυχὴν early in the first sentence is best understood as an intervention to remove repetition after τύχην became ψυχήν, since ἀλγῶ τὴν ψυχήν is well attested in scholia and elsewhere. On the same lines, BPr’s ἄξιος could simply be a repair of a lost word of different appearance. | Schwartz noted of the first sentence ‘referenda sunt ad vs. 339’ (i.e., κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι). I do not know whether he intended to say the words were originally a note on 339. The periphrasis offered here shares the view of the next note that this passage carries on the thought of 339.
Or. 345.02 (vet exeg) 1πρὸς τὰ ἄνω. 2πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ τὸ ‘τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος’. —HMBC
TRANSLATION: (Uttered) with reference to the passage above. The phrase ‘for which in preference’ (has its causal meaning) in reference to ‘I lament’.
POSITION: marg. H, s.l. MC, intermarg. B (beside 342; also wrote first three words at 345, but erased them)
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἄνω Schw. (after Dindorf), ἄνω κακά· τοῦτέστιν HB, ἄνω κακά C, ἄνω καὶ κατα κάτω M | κατολοφύρομαι Schw. (after Dindorf, sch. Mosch.), ὀλοφύρομαι MBH, ὁλοφυρόμενον C | second τὸ H (suppl. Schw.), om. MBC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.135,23–24; Dind. II.115,13
Or. 345.03 (mosch exeg) τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος: πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ ἀποδίδοται —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (This clause of explanation) refers back to ‘I lament’.
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ δοτικῆς G | τὸ τίνα add. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,13–14
Or. 345.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: πρότερον —AbCrMnSSarXXaXbXoYGZc ZZlZmTGuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrZcOx
Or. 345.17 (345–346) (tri exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ ἄλλον ἕτερον. —T
TRANSLATION: ‘Other another’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 345.18 (345–346) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄλλον⟩: γρ. ἕτερον. —Xo
TRANSLATION: (For ‘allon’, ‘other’), the reading ‘heteron’ (‘another’) is found.
LEMMA: ἕτερον om. in text Xo POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 346.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: τὸν οἶκον τὸν ὄντα —AbMnRSSar
LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ θ. in text Sa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. Aa | τὸν ὄντα om. AaS
APP. CRIT. 2: οἶκτον S |
Or. 346.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ⟩: τὸν καταγόμενον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. XaXoYYfGr | καταγομένων s.l. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,15
Or. 346.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν θείων —F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: water damage, hand might be F, not F2
Or. 346.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: θεογόνων γάμων λέγει τὴν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον γενεὰν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ Ταντάλου κατήγοντο. —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 346.09 (pllgn diagr) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Πλουτοῦς καὶ Διὸς, ἢ Τμώλου ἄλλοι λέγουσι, with line down from Πλουτοῦς to Τάνταλος —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 346.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ Ταντάλου· ὁ γὰρ Τάνταλος ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς εἶχε τὸ γένος. —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 346.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς ὁ Τάνταλος —Vrec
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: τμόλου Vrec |
Or. 347.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: τῶν καταγομένων —AbMnRSar
LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ ταντ. in text Aa (also τῶν s.l. Pr) POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
Or. 347.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: τὸν καταγόμενον —AaPr, perhaps H4
LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ ταντ. in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: For H Daitz reports here τ̣ανʹʹ, but I see the traces as [κ]α̣τ̣αγ̣ό̣[μενον]. Check new image of H when available. |
Or. 347.07 (recTri gloss) ⟨σέβεσθαι⟩: τιμᾶν —Aa2AbCrF2MnPrRSarOxXo2T
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
|
Or. 348.01 (348–355) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς: 1τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπωδὸς ὡς ἄν τις ἴσως οἰηθείη διὰ τὸ κεῖσθαι μετὰ τὴν στροφὴν καὶ ἀντιστροφὴν, ἀλλὰ καλεῖτα σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν ὡς προσφθεγγόμενον τὸν Μενέλαον προσιόντα. 2αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπωδοὶ οὐκ εἰσὶ μονοειδοῦς μέτρου ἀλλὰ διαφόρων, τοῦτο δὲ μονοειδοῦς· 3κώλων γάρ ἐστιν ἀναπαιστικῶν ηʹ, ὧν τὸ τρίτον καὶ τὸ ϛʹ μονόμετρα, ἤτοι ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις. 4τὰ λοιπὰ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα, τὸ δὲ ηʹ καταληκτικὸν ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερὲς ὃ καλεῖται παροιμιακόν. 5ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει μόνη παράγραφος. —T |
1348 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒ |
TRANSLATION: This is not an epode, as one might perhaps believe because it is placed after the strophe and antistrophe. Rather, it is called an epiphthegmatic system since it addresses Menelaus as he approaches. For epodes are not formed of a meter of a single type but of different types, whereas this one has a single type. For it consists of eight anapaestic cola, of which the third and sixth are monometers, or an anapaestic base. The rest are acatalectic dimeters, but the eighth is catalectic, or the three-and-a-half-foot measure that is called paroemiac. At the end a sole paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.13,24–31; de Fav. 53
COMMENT: On the term σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικόν see Smith 1075, 206 n. 82. It is found many times in the Triclinian scholia on Aeschylus, but not in extant texts by anyone else.
Or. 348.02 (348–355) (tri metr) σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν κώλων ηʹ —T
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53
Or. 348.03 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: ἐν τοῖς τέλεσιν εἰώθασιν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μεταλλάττειν φεύγοντες τὴν μονῳδίαν τοῦ λόγου. —MBaBbVCPr
TRANSLATION: At the ends (of choral odes) the chorus members are accustomed to make a shift, avoiding (the use of) a monotonous delivery of their speech.
LEMMA: BaV, καὶ μὴν ὅδε βασιλεύς Pr REF. SYMBOL: BaV POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BbC
APP. CRIT.: τέλεσιν om. V, leaving blank | οἱ ἀπὸ] τί κατὰ V | μεταλλάττειν] πλάττειν τι V | φεύγ. … λόγου om. MBaPr | λόγου] λέγειν V
APP. CRIT. 2: μεταλάττειν MBaBbC |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,1–2 ; Dind. II.115,16–17
COMMENT: For μονῳδία as ‘monotony’, a sense omitted by dictionaries, see Plut. Mor. 7C μονῳδία γὰρ ἐν ἅπασίν ἐστι πλήσμιον καὶ πρόσαντες, ἡ δὲ ποικιλία τερπνόν, καθάπερ κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, οἷον ἀκούσμασιν ἢ θεάμασιν (where Babbitt in the Loeb translation appropriately renders with ‘monotony’).
Or. 348.04 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: 1τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει Μενέλαος ἄναξ, 2τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν, πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι. —MBCPrRw
TRANSLATION: The run of the sense (with the word order simplified) is: And, behold, here comes the king, lord Menelaus, being of the blood of the Tantalids, and conspicuous to see with much luxurious glamor.
LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὧδε στείχει Rw POSITION: cont. from prev. BPr, add. δὲ
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἑξῆς … στείχει om. Rw | ὅδε] ὧδε C, ὦδε M | δὴ om. MCPr | 2 πολλὴ MC (with ἁβροσύνη), πολὺ B, πολὺς Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξῆς M | 2 πολλή δ’ C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,3–5; Dind. II.115,17–19
Or. 348.05 (rec gloss) [ 3–4 ]ως ἀφε/[τ]ήριον —K
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Damaged and uncertain, but perhaps ‘the starting-point of [something]’ if ως is the ending of a genitive singular noun.
Or. 348.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: γρ. ὧδε. —SarXo
LEMMA: ὅτε in text Sa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. Xo
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 348.13 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται —AbCrF2MnPrRSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx
Or. 348.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται διὰ τοῦ ποδὸς, ποδί —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔρχεται of Gr (348.13) reused by Gu
Or. 349.01 (tri exeg) ⟨Μενέλαος ἄναξ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ βασιλεὺς ἄναξ. —T
TRANSLATION: ‘King lord’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 349.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha —T
Or. 349.06 (349–350) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶται δῆλος ἐν πολλῇ ἁβροσίᾳ. —Lp
LEMMA: this in text Lp POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,3
COMMENT: This is the only attestation known so far for ἀβροσία, a formation that is contrary to analogy. It may have arisen from a misunderstanding of a truncated form of ἀβροσύνῃ, which is the word one would expect in a paraphrase that simply rearranges the word order.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 349.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: διὰ τῆς πολλῆς δὲ ἁβροσύνης ἤγουν τρυφερότητος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Yf
APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. G | δὲ] ἐξ X, om. TG (δ’ om. in text T)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,22–23
Or. 349.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: βασιλικῷ μεγέθει —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.115,23
Or. 349.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἢ τῆς ὄψεως —MVC, app. H
TRANSLATION: With luxuriance of walk or of appearance.
POSITION: s.l. MVC (in M above whole line); punct. after τρυφῇ as if two notes V
APP. CRIT.: only σμα survives in trimmed margin of H
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,7; Dind. II.116,1–2
Or. 349.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: λαμπρότητι —AaAbFMnPrRSSarZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S
Or. 349.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: πλουσιότητι —RfZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: πλουσιώτητι Zu |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,2
Or. 349.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφῇ ἱματίων καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀκολούθων —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2
TRANSLATION: With luxuriance of garments and of the attendants accompanying him.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τρυφῆς Za | καὶ τῶν κτλ om. Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,1
Or. 349.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: ἔστι καὶ ἁβροσύνη ὅταν τις καὶ φιλοτίμως ἐστόλισται. —GK
TRANSLATION: It is in fact a (mark of) luxury whenever one has attired oneself lavishly.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 350.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: φανερὸς ὑπάρχει εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι —AbKMnPrRSSar
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑπάρχων S, ὑπάρχ() Ab, ἐστὶ RK | εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι transp. before φανερός ἐστι K | ὁρᾶσθαι om. R
Or. 350.02 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δῆλος⟩: φανερὸς —CrOxF2GXo2TZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐστι add. G
Or. 350.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: ὥστε —V, perhaps H
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: I read H as having ῞̣σ̣τ̣ with raised epsilon; Daitz interprets it as ῾̣σ̣η̣. Check new image of H when available.
Or. 351.01 (vet exeg) τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν: ὅ ἐστι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐμφαίνει τὴν εὐγένειαν. —MBOVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: That is, through his appearance he indicates indirectly his noble birth.
LEMMA: BC, δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι πολὺ δ’ ἁβροσύνη V REF. SYMBOL: V (at δῆλος, in prev. line) POSITION: s.l. MO (above ὁρᾶσθαι in prev. line O); cont. from 348.04 PrRw
APP. CRIT.: ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι O | after ἐστι add. πολὺ δ’ ἁβρότατος ἰδεῖν καὶ V | διὰ om. Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,6; Dind. II.115,20
Or. 351.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου —XXaXbXoYYfGrF2
POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 351.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξ αἵματος⟩: ἐκ τοῦ γένους —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCrF2OxZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐκ τοῦ om. CrF2OxZu
Or. 352.01 (vetThom exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας: δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖν, διὰ τούτων λυπεῖ ἀναμιμνήσκουσα τῶν ἀπολομένων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ. —HMBVCMnPrRbRwaRwbSSaZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: Through the words with which (the chorus) seems to praise him, through these they pain him by reminding him of those killed at Troy.
LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως: ὦ χιλιόναυν B; ἄλλως Rwa, εἰς γῆν ἀσίαν MnPrRbS REF. SYMBOL: (at χιλιόναυν) MZmZlGu, (at 353 εἰς γῆν)PrRb POSITION: beside 353–354 εἰς γῆν … εὐτυχίᾳ H; cont. from 352.02 B, cont. from or follows 352.03 VMnPrRbRwbSSa
APP. CRIT.: δι’ … ἐπαινεῖν om. Sa | between ὧν and δοκεῖ a line drawn of ca. 10 letters width V | ἐπαινεῖν] τιμᾶν H | τούτων λυπεῖ] τὰ τῶν λυπηρῶν Rwa | διὰ τοῦτο Rb, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ Rwb | μιμνήσκουσα M | τῶν ἀπολομένων Rb, τοὺς ἀπολλυμένους Rwb, τῶν ἀπολλυμένων others (ἀπολυ‑ V, ἀπωλλυ‑ Gu, ἀπολλύμενον Mn) | ἐν τροίᾳ Rwa, εἰς τὴν τροίαν VRwb, εἰς τροίαν MnPrRbSSaZlGu |
APP. CRIT. 2: διὧν BRwaRwb | διατούτων MMn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,8–10; Dind. II.116,6–8
Or. 352.02 (vet exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐμεγαλύνετο. 2τῷ δὲ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅. —(H)MBC
TRANSLATION: (The chorus) praises him on the basis of those deeds on which he prided himself. He (the poet) (or it, the chorus) used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks (at Troy) were this many: 1,186.
LEMMA: B, 353 εἰς γὴν ἀσίαν MC REF. SYMBOL: M(to 353 εἰς γῆν)B POSITION: precedes 352.01 B
APP. CRIT.: H mostly lost, but [τοσαῦτ]αι γὰρ suggests it had this version, not 352.03 | 2 ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ transp. B | χίλιαι πρὸς ρ̅ π̅ ϛ̅ B
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀφῶν M, ἀφὧν B |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,11–13; Dind. II.
Or. 352.03 (rec exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐσεμνύνετο. 2τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ δὲ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· ἦσαν γὰρ αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅. —VMnPrRaRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: The chorus praises him on the basis of those deeds for which he prided himself. He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1,186.
LEMMA: all except Ra (‑ναυ RbMnS; χιόναυν a.c. Rw) REF. SYMBOL: VPrRbSa POSITION: precedes 352.01 VPrRbSSaMn; follows 356.02 Rw; cont. from 352.08, add. δὲ, Ra
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐγκωμίαζεν ἀφ’ ὧ Sa | 2 τῶ ἀπαρτισμένω Sa, τῶν ἀπηρτισμένων Rw | ϛ̅] VRw, ζ̅ the others
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀφὧν Mn | 2 εἶσαν Ra |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,11–13 app.; Dind. II.116,4–6 app.
Or. 352.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον —Xo2
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: apostrophe; addressee identified
Or. 352.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας⟩: πλῆθος νηῶν ὁρμήσας καὶ στρατὸν πολὺν —K
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 352.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: χίλιαι ἑκατὸν π̅ϛ̅ νῆες ἔπλευσαν πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ μέτρῳ ἐχρήσατο. —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 352.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ. αἱ νῆες γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ πρὸς ταῖς ρ̅π̅ζ̅ ἦσαν. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1000 in addition to 186.
REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: follows sch. 352.01 Zm, cont. from 352.01 ZlGu
APP. CRIT.: ἐχρήσατο δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀρ. GuZl | νῆες om. Zm | ͵α̅] χιλίαι GuZl
Or. 352.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: καίτοι γε πλεῖσται ἦσαν αἱ νῆες παρὸ χίλιαι. ὅμως δὲ διὰ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἐκάλεσεν οὕτως. οὐ γὰρ εἶχεν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν. —Y2
TRANSLATION: Truly, however, the ships were very many, more than one thousand. But nevertheless because of the large size of the number he described (the expedition) thus. For he could not say it otherwise.
Or. 352.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: παρορμήσας —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,12
Or. 352.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: κινήσας —XaXoTYfGrF2
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from next with ἢ T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,12
Or. 352.19 (thom gloss) ⟨ὁρμίσας⟩: ἐλλιμενίσας —ZlZmTGu
LEMMA: ὁρμίσας in text ZlZm, ὁρμήσας TGu POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,13
Or. 352.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρμίσας⟩: εἰς ὅρμον ἀγαγών —B3a
LEMMA: ὁρμήσας in text changed to ὁρμίσας by B3a POSITION: s.l.
Or. 353.02 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἢ εἰς τὴν Τροίαν —ZZa
TRANSLATION: (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘to the east’ or ‘to Troy’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: first εἰς τὴν om. Z | ἤτοι Z
Or. 353.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: κατὰ τὴν Τροίαν —Zc
TRANSLATION: (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘in Troy’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 353.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: νεώτερον τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ὄνομα. —BVCMnPrRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: The name Asia is more recent (i.e., not used by Homer).
POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. C; cont. from 352.01, add. δὲ, others (from Rwb version Rw) except Rb
APP. CRIT. 2: νεωτὰς Sa | ἁσίας Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,14; Dind. II.116,15
Or. 353.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσιανήν, τὴν Τροίαν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Asia’ is to be taken as adjectival,) ‘Asian’, (‘Asian land’ thus meaning) ‘Troy’.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. XXoYf | ἀθανασίαν a.c. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,14
Or. 353.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἡ Τροία. —ZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Asia’) because Troy is in Asia.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 353.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἀνατολικήν. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ οἷον ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ [Aesch. Pers. 2] ‘Ἑλλάδ’ ἐς αἶαν’. —Zm
TRANSLATION: (‘Asia’ is here adjectival in meaning) ‘of the east’. It is an instance of the simple noun used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective, such as also in (Aeschylus’) phrase ‘to the Grecian land’.
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 353.11 (rec diagr) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: circle divided in halves by horizontal diameter, Ἀσία in upper half; lower half divided by vertical radius, eith Εὐρώπ(η) in left quarter, Λιβύη in right —Ab
POSITION: marg.
Or. 354.01 (vet exeg) εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς: σὺ, φησὶν, οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν. —MBVCK
TRANSLATION: You, (the chorus) says, do not share in the misfortune of the Tantalids.
LEMMA: χαίρ’ εὐτυχία C REF. SYMBOL: M (at χαῖρ’) POSITION: s.l. VK (K above 350 τῶν ταντ. ἐξ αἱμ.), intermarg. M, marg. B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,15; Dind. II.116,11
Or. 354.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς⟩: σὺ μὲν οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ. —O
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 354.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: συνδιάγεις —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,16
Or. 354.14 (tri metr) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: long mark over iota —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 53
Or. 355.01 (vet exeg) θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου: 1τὸν γὰρ πόλεμον κατορθώσας ἔλαβε τὴν Ἑλένην. 2σὺ μὲν οὖν, φησὶν, εὐτυχῶς ἀπηλλάχθης, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ. —(H)MaMbBCaCbVPrRbSSa
TRANSLATION: (Menelaus had success) because, having succeeded in the war, he captured Helen. You, then, (the chorus) says, ended up with good fortune, but Orestes suffers misfortune.
LEMMA: MaC, θεόθεν πράξας VMnPrRbSSa REF. SYMBOL: MaVRb POSITION: s.l. Mb; 1 intermarg., 2 s.l. at 354 Cb; follows 353.04 Sa, cont. from 352.01 B
APP. CRIT.: only small traces survive in H | τὸ δὲ θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου προσέθηκεν ἐπειδὴ prep. B | 1 τὸν … ἑλένην om. Mb | τὸν γὰρ] γὰρ τὸν transp. S, τὸν B | 2 μὲν οὖν om. Cb, οὖν om. BSa | ἀπηλάχθαι Mb | ὁ δὲ δυστυχῶς (om. ὀρ.) MbCbV ([ … δυστυχ]εῖ H) |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπηλάγχθης MaRb, ἀπηλλέχθης Sa | ρέ(στης) Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,16–18; Dind. II.116,8–10
Or. 355.02 (mosch paraphr) ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τελέσας ἅπερ δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ. —X
Or. 355.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ —SXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S | τοῦ om. TF2Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,17
Or. 355.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨πράξας⟩: τελέσας —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τελεὶς Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,17
Or. 355.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εὔχου⟩: δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.116,17–18
Or. 355.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ηὔχου⟩: ἐπεθύμεις —MnSarZl
POSITION: s.l. (follows next with καὶ linking Mn)
Or. 355.13 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ὠρέγου —Mn
POSITION: s.l. (follows next with καὶ linking)
APP. CRIT. 2: ὀρέγου Mn |
COLLATION NOTES: Lighter on image, possibly rubricator, check original Mn. |
Or. 355.14 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ἤθελες —F2MnZl
POSITION: s.l. (precedes prev. Mn)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mn | perhaps ἔθελες Mn (first letter tiny, ambig.)
Or. 355.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ἐπαρεκάλεις —Aa2
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 355.17 (tri metr) paragraphos —T
Or. 356.01 (356–728) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὦ δῶμα τῇ μέν σε: 1αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶ τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων τοαʹ [=371], ὧν τελευταῖος [728] ‘κρείσσων γαλήνης ναυτίλοισιν εἰσορᾶν’. 2ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς. —T
TRANSLATION: The following groups of lines [356–728] consist of 371 acatalectic (iambic) trimeters, of which the last is ‘better to see than a calm sea for sailors’. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.13,32–14,2; de Fav. 53
COMMENT: The count of lines is correct. 356–728 is only 371 lines because numbers 499 and 719 are skipped in the modern conventional numeration.
Or. 356.02 (vet exeg) ὦ δῶμα: 1ἀπὸ πρώτης παρόδου σημειοῦται τὸ κακόηθες τῆς γνώμης Μενελάου. 2καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη, ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δῆλός ἐστι. 3καίτοι παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ εὑρίσκεται τῶν πάλαι πολεμίων φειδόμενος· 4ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ζ ῥαψῳδίᾳ [Hom. Il. 6.37–65] κωμῳδεῖται συγχωρῶν ζῆν τὸν Ἄδραστον δόσιν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελλόμενον. —MBVCRw, partial H
TRANSLATION: From his first entrance, the malice of Menelaus’ attitude is marked as noteworthy. For he did not even land his vessel at Sparta, but first moored at Argos in order to drive Orestes out, as is clear about him in what follows. And yet in the poet (Homer) he is found to be one who spares even his longtime enemies. For in Book 6 (of the Iliad) he is mocked for granting life to Adrastus when the latter was promising a payment of money.
LEMMA: MB, ὦ δῶμα τῆ μὲν σ’ ἡδέως C, 357 τροίαθεν ἐλθὼν V, ἄλλως Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMBV POSITION: follows 352.01 Rw
APP. CRIT.: only line ends extant in H | 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πρ. V [H] | πρώτου προόδου Rw | 2 οὐδὲ … πρότερον] πρότερον οὐκ εἰς σπάρτην κατήχθη ἀλλ’ V | οὐδὲ written twice C | σπάρτην] πράπειν M | ἀνηνέχθη M | πρότερος MC | εἰς τὸ ἄργος Rw | first ὡς om. MCRw | after ὀρέστην add. τῶν οἴκων V | second ὡς] ὡς καὶ BV | ἔσται Rw | 3–4 καίτοι κτλ om. H | 3 καίτοι] καὶ MVCRw | παρὰ … φειδόμενος] παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRw | παρὰ … εὑρίσκεται om. B | παρὰ τὸ (abbrev.) M | εὑρίσκεται τῶν] ἔρις τοῦτον M [not τούτου as Schw.] | 4 γὰρ om. VRw | κωμωδεῖται παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ B | ζῆν om. MC | ἄδραστον] ἄνδρα τὸν V, ἀνδρ() τὸν Rw | ἐπαγγειλάμενον C
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς M | ἐστὶν M | 4 Ζ] ἑβδόμῃ C | ἐπαγγελόμενον MVRw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.136,19–137,2; Dind. II.117,18–23
KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 356.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ δῶμα⟩: οὐ πρὸς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: Menelaus did land his vessel at Sparta, but first at Argos, intending to drive Orestes into exile.
REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: beside 361 Gu, beside 351–352 Zl
APP. CRIT.: ὡς om. ZlGu
Or. 356.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ οἴκημα καὶ ἡμετέρα γῆ πότε σε καλῶς προσόψομαι; —Rf
Or. 356.06 (vet exeg) ⟨τῇ μέν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν μέρει —B
TRANSLATION: ‘In this respect’ is used for ‘in part’.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.117,23
Or. 356.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇ μὲν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἑτέρᾳ μερίδι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
TRANSLATION: (‘In this respect’ is used for) ‘in one part (of two)’.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: μερήδι Aa2 |
Or. 356.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ —AbRa1Ra2SGu
LEMMA: πῆ in text Ab POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ra2
APP. CRIT.: γρ. Ra2, om. others
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 356.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποῦ —V3
LEMMA: in text πῆ by V2 POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: In this and the next scholion the gloss may be meant to be indefinite, our που and πως; but note the interrogative interpretation in 356.04.
Or. 356.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: βλέπω —AbCrMnPrSarZaZlB4Ox
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: I mark this as Thoman because the gloss may have been in Z as well; in Z 356 is the first line of its page, and glosses on first lines have often been washed out.
Or. 356.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: καθορῶ †καταλάβει† νῦν πρός σε —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: app. καθορῶ by corr. (from καθωρᾶ?) Mn (but rho is not clear) | corruption of καταβλέπω? ει written over or corrected to ω?
Or. 357.01 (thom gloss) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας —ZZaZlTGuAa2CrF2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Aa2CrOx | τῆς om. T
Or. 357.04 (recTri metr) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: long mark over alpha —OT
Or. 357.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ. —AbRSGu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. AbS
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 357.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς —MnPrZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION:
LEMMA: ποῖ in text Zl, τῇ TGu POSITION: s.l. (above πῆ of 357.10 Gu)
COMMENT: Either this means that πῆ is to be understood adverbially, a typical us of πῶς, or despite its accent πῶς is intended to be the indefinite, ‘in some way’ (perhaps disagreeing with the view in 357.09 that ‘at some time’ is a suitable gloss).
Or. 357.14 (thom gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: στενάζω —ZZaZlTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.117,24
Or. 357.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: θλίβομαι —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.117,24
Or. 358.01 (358–359) (rec paraphr) τοῖς κακοῖς κυκλωθεῖσαν σε ὁρῶ, ὡς οὔπω ἄλλον ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν. —GK
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν om. K
Or. 358.05 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: περικυκλωθεῖσαν —VMnCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 358.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: περιληφθεῖσαν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2B3d
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.117,25
Or. 358.07 (thom gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: κυκλωθεῖσαν —ZZaZlZmZuTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.117,25
Or. 358.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: συσχεθεῖσαν —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.117,25–26
Or. 358.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: ἑλίσσω τὸ συστρέφω —B4
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: From Et. Magn., ps-Zonaras.
Or. 358.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀθλίοις κακοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ ἀθλίων δυστυχιῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2B3d
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἀπὸ Yf
Or. 359.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨οὐπώποτ’⟩: οὔπω ποτέ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: οὔπο X |
Or. 359.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: ἤγουν δυστυχεστέραν —AbMnPrSSar
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Sar | δυστυχέστερον Mn
Or. 359.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: οἰκίαν —Aa2CrF2RRf2OxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT*B3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: οἰκείαν Aa2, a.c. Ox |
Or. 360.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: δυστυχίας —AaF2RfOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὰς prep. Ox, τὰς prep. F2
Or. 360.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. GZc | τῷ ἀγ. om. Zc
Or. 360.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: ἔμαθον —AbCrOxZaZlZmZuTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 360.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: τοῦτο ἤδη ἐγνώρισα —Xo2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο ἤδη erased or damaged
Or. 361.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: οἵῳ θανάτῳ δηλονότι παρὰ τῆς γυναικός —C
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: περὶ C
Or. 361.02 (rec gram) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: κλίσις καὶ μετάκλισις —V1
TRANSLATION: Case and change of case.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Apparently, another way to point out that the poet does not use οἵῳ θανάτῳ with both forms in the same case.
Or. 361.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: ὁποίῳ —AaCrF2Rf2ZaZuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ὁποίω θανάτω CrOx |
Or. 361.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πρὸς δάμαρτος⟩: παρὰ τῆς γυναικός —AaAbMnCrPrSSaρRf2XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaTB3dOx
POSITION: s.l. except X (spaced as two sep. ZZa)
APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. Z
Or. 362.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄρος Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287]· ‘Μαλειάων ὄρος αἰπύ’. —HBVC
TRANSLATION: A mountain of Laconia. And Homer (refers to it): ‘the steep mountain of Maleae’.
REF. SYMBOL: app. H POSITION: s.l. VC, marg. B
APP. CRIT.: after λακωνικῆς add. ἐστι τὸ μάλεον B | καὶ om. B | second ὄρος om. V
APP. CRIT. 2: ὅρος (both) C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,3–4; Dind. II.117,27–118,1
COLLATION NOTES: V does carry αἰπύ, contra Schw. |
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 362.02 (rec exeg) τὴν ναῦν τῷ Μαλέῳ προσπελάσας ὄρει Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287] ‘Μαλ⟨ε⟩ιάων ὄρος αἰπύ’. —GK
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: προσπελάζων G | λακωνικῷ G | μαλίδων G
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 362.03 (pllgn exeg) Μαλέᾳ: ὄρος Λακεδαιμονίας —GB3c
LEMMA: G POSITION: marg. G, s.l. B3c
APP. CRIT.: τὸ prep. B3c
Or. 362.06 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς —FPrRSSaXXoYf
TRANSLATION: (Malea is) an promontory of Laconia.
POSITION: s.l. PrSSar, marg. FRYf
APP. CRIT.: ὁ Μαλέας prep. F | after ἀκρ. add. ἐστὶ F
Or. 362.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον ἐν τοῖς Λακωνικοῖς —XaXbT+YGr
TRANSLATION: (Malea is) an promontory in Laconian territory.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 362.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριόν ἐστιν ὁ Μαλέας περὶ Λακεδαιμονίαν, λεγόμενον παρά τισιν ἰδιωτικῶς ὄνου κατωμάγουλον. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Maleas is a promontory around Lacedaemonia, which is called by some in ordinary (uncultured) language ‘lower jaw of the ass’.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlGu
APP. CRIT. 2: κατομ‑ Za |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,1–3
COMMENT: κατωμάγουλον appears in TLG only here and in Digenes Akritas; see LBG s.v. The ancient equivalent was Ὄνου γνάθος, mentioned in Strabo 8.5.1–2, Paus. 3.22.10, 3.23.1, lexica and scholia.
KEYWORDS: rare word | Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 362.10 (pllgn exeg) ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λέγεται καὶ Ξυλοφάγος. —ZlGu
TRANSLATION: And the same is also called ‘Timber-devourer’.
POSITION: cont. from prev. ZlGu
APP. CRIT.: ξυλοφάγος damaged or erased in Gu, partially obscured in Zl
COMMENT: For this as the name of Cape Caphereus in Euboea see ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. epitome 6.11 and Sch. Lycophr. Alex. 373, 1095, and the Thoman 432.02 below; of an unspecified cape, Joannes Apocaucus, Notit. et epist. 65,27; of Maleas, Georg. Pachymeres, Hist. brevis 507,4.
Or. 362.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὁ —Aa
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: expunction dots around ὁ, perhaps iota subscript on μαλέα was added, not original
Or. 362.17 (rec metr) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: long mark over second alpha —O
Or. 362.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: προσσκαλώσας νῆα —H4
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The Byzantine verb σκαλόω/σκαλώνω is known; this compound occurs only here.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 362.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: τότε ἔμαθον τὸν φόνον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου. περὶ δὲ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τί οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε; —Y2
TRANSLATION: That is when I learned of the murder of my brother. But why did he not learn about Clytemnestra?
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 362.20 (rec exeg) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσορμίζων. τὸ δὲ ἴσχω ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔχω τὸ ἐλαύνω· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 5.829, etc.] ‘ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλαυνε. —V
TRANSLATION: Bringing to mooring near. And (the root verb) ‘ischō’ is from ‘echō’ in the sense ‘drive’. And Homer (uses this verb in) ‘hold the single-hooved horses’ in the sense ‘drive’.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 362.21 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσεγγίζων —VAaAbPrSSar
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Recheck original Sa 131v first line. |
Or. 362.25 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: πλησιάζων —SarXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZlZmT*B4
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zc
APP. CRIT. 2: πλησιάζον Zc |
Or. 362.27 (thom gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: ἐλλιμενίζων —ZZaZlZmZuTGuAa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐλλημεν‑ Zl |
Or. 362.29 (thom gloss) ⟨πρώραν⟩: τὴν τῆς νεώς —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. ZaT, spaced as sep. Zm
Or. 362.31 (362–364) (rec wdord) word order α (ἐκ δέ κυμάτων), β (προφήτης), γ (ὁ ναυτίλοισι), δ (μάντις), ε (νήρεως), ϛ (ἐξήγγειλε) —MnPr
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 362.33 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: λείπει ἐξελθὼν. —AbF
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. Ab
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 362.35 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: προκύψ[ας] —Aa2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ψ uncertain, ύ very faint (damage)
Or. 362.39 (rec metr) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: long mark over upsilon —O
Or. 363.01 (rec exeg) ὁ ναυτίλοισι ⟨μάντις⟩: τοῖς γὰρ ναύταις οὗτος, ὃς φίλος καὶ θαλάσσῃ ἐστὶ καὶ ἰχθύσι, τὰ πεπρωμένα βάζει —VMnPrRbSSa
TRANSLATION: For this (being), who is friendly both to the sea and to fish, speaks to sailors what is fated.
LEMMA: all REF. SYMBOL: VSa, (to νηρέως προφ.) Rb POSITION: follows 364.01 Rb
APP. CRIT.: ταῖς S | ὡς] ὃς Schw. | βάζει om. Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: ναῦτες a.c. Mn | φίλως (a.c.?) Mn | ἰχθῦσι S |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,5–6; Dind. II.118,6–7
Or. 363.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν ὁ φίλος —AbMnPrSSar
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁ φίλ. τ. ναυτ. transp. Ab
Or. 363.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν —AbXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T, ὁ prep. G | τῶν om. Ab
Or. 363.14 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: εἶπεν —CrOxT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε CrOx |
Or. 364.01 (vetThom exeg) Νηρέως προφήτης: 1οὗτος Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεύς· 2ἑωρακὼς δὲ ἰχθὺν παρὰ τὴν ψάμμον βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς γέγονεν ἀθάνατος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος, 3ἐφ’ ᾧ κατεπόντισεν ἑαυτόν. 4μαντεύεται δὲ ὡς ὁ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Od. 4.365 sq.] Πρωτεὺς καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ [Pyth. 4.20] Τρίτων τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις. —HMBOVCCrMnPrRbRwSaZlZmGuOx
TRANSLATION: This was a fisherman from Anthedon. (or: This was Anthedonius, a fisherman.) And having observed a fish (marooned and dying) on the beach that tasted a plant and came back to life, by eating (the plant) himself too he became immortal, but not free of old age; for which reason he threw himself into the sea. He gives prophecies as (do) the Proteus in Homer and, in Pindar, Triton to the Argonauts.
LEMMA: MBCMnPrRbSa, 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισιν Rw REF. SYMBOL: HMBPr, (at 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισι) Rb, (at γλαῦκος) ZlZmGu POSITION: precedes 363.01 in Rb
APP. CRIT.: 1 Ἀνθηδόνιος] ὁ ἀνθ. Rb, ὁ ἀνθ. ὁ ἀπὸ ἀνθηδονίας πόλεως ὢν MnPrSa, ὁ γλαῦκος ἀνθ. Zl | ἦν add. before ἁλιεὺς OVMnPrRZlZmGubSa | 2 δὲ om. CrRwOx | παρὰ] περὶ MnPrSaRb ZlZmGu | τὴν om. VMnPrSaRb | βοτάνην MOCRw, βοτάν(ην) φαγόντα καὶ H | γεγευμένον Sa [H] | first καὶ om. CrPrSaZlZmGuOx, app. Mn (damage) | after φαγὼν add. ὁ γλαῦκος MnPrSa | γέγονεν] ἔμεινεν CrOx | ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος om. Gu | ἀγήρατος V, αγήρμως (sic) Sa, ἀγήρως RwOx, ἀγήραιος Pr | 3 ἐφ’ ᾧ … ἑαυτόν om. VPrRbSaZlZmGu | 4 ὡς ὁ] ὡς V, καὶ OCrRwOx, ὡς καὶ MnPrRbSaZlZmGu [H] | πρωτεὺς κτλ om. HO | παρὰ πινδάρῳ] πατὼν Sa, παπινδ(άρῳ) PrMn, πινδάρω CrRwOx | τρίτων BZlZmGu, τριτο M, τρίτον CCrRwOx, τριπ() V, τρισσοῖς (om. τοῖς) MnPrSa, τρισὶν (om. τοῖς) Rb (with a second σ above σ) | ἀργαυτῶν (or ‑αιτῶν?) corr. to ἀργαύτην (or ‑αίτην) app. M |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνθιδόνιος M, ἀναθηδόνιος Mn | ἀλιεύς MRb | 2 ἰχθῦν BRb | φαγῶν B | 3 ἐαυτὸν M, αὑτὸν O, αὐτὸν Rw | 4 πρῶτον Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,6–11; Dind. II.118,8–12
COMMENT: See on 318.01. For the belief that Ἀνθηδόνιος was a proper name here, cf. 364.09.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer | citation of literature other than Homer | Pindar
Or. 364.02 (thom exeg) τὴν δὲ βοτάνην ἧς ἐγεύσατο φασί τινες ἀείζωον εἶναι. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: And some say that the plant he tasted is houseleek (in Greek, ‘ever-living’).
POSITION: cont. from prev. all
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,12–13
Or. 364.03 (pllgn exeg) 1ὁ Γλαῦκος ὡς λέγεται κολυμβητὴς ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἄριστος. 2συνέβη δὲ κατὰ τύχην μίαν καταβῆναι εἰς τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης βάθος καὶ εὑρὼν βοτάνην ἔφαγεν αὐτην καὶ φαγὼν ἀπηθανατίσθη, γενόμενος καὶ μάντις. 3ἦν γοῦν ἀπὸ τότε καιροῦ ἐντὸς τῆς θαλάσσης. 4καὶ ἐπεὶ μάντις ἦν, ἐγίνωσκε τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. 5ὃς προγνοὺς καὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος θάνατον διαβαίνοντος ἐκεῖσε τοῦ Μενελάου μετὰ τῶν νηῶν ἐξεῖπε περὶ τοῦτον πρὸς αὐτόν. 6οὕτω γὰρ διαβαινόντων ἐκεῖσε τινῶν γινώσκων ἐκεῖνος τὰ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν ἐξερχόμενος τῶν κυμάτων ἔλεγε ταῦτα. 7κατὰ τούτου λέγεται ὡς μάντις τῶν ναυτῶν Νηρέως προφήτης ἤτοι τοῦ θαλασσίου δαίμονος. —Y2
TRANSLATION: Glaucus, the story is told, was an excellent diver into the sea. It came about on one occasion that he went down to the depths of the sea and, finding a plant, ate it and after eating it was rendered immortal, becoming also a prophet. So, then, from that moment on he was in the sea. And since he was a prophet, he knew about events taking place in the world. Knowing in advance of the death of Agamemnon too, when Menelaus was crossing the sea there with his ships, he spoke out about this to him. For in this way when people were crossing there, he, knowing the affairs in their houses, used to come out of the waves and tell these things. In this respect he is spoken of as ‘seer of sailors, prophet of Nereus’, that is, of the sea divinity.
APP. CRIT.: 6 διαβαινόντων] Mastr., διαβαινομένων Y2
COMMENT: For Glaucus as diver, see Athenaeus 7.47 (Mnaseas fr. 12, FHG III.151). Compare the rationalized version of the story in Michael Apostolius 5.49 [Paroem. Gr. II.346 Leutsch]. | The few instances of διαβαινόμενος in TLG are all passive in sense, and no other middle-passive forms from the present stem διαβαίνω are found.
Or. 364.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: ὁ τῆς θαλάσσης —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ὁ om. GAa2 | δαίμων add. Y2
APP. CRIT. 2: θαλάττης XaXbYYfG |
Or. 364.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: γρ. μάντις. —S
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 364.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: ὁ λεγόμενος ἰδιωτικῶς γλάρος —Zc
TRANSLATION: The one called in vernacular speech ‘seagull’ (‘glaros’).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 364.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: Γλαῦκος —Rw
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Rw has neither Γλαῦκος nor μάντις in the line, so this may be a misplacement of a marginal note originally intended to supply the missing word.
Or. 365.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος τὸ ἐξήγγειλε καὶ τὸ εἶπεν. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (It is an example of) Homeric emulation (to use both) ‘he announced’ (in 363) and ‘he said’ (in 365).
REF. SYMBOL: Gu POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπε Zl |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,4–5
COMMENT: The term Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος is applied in scholia and Eustathius to a variety of features of vocabulary, syntax, and narrative technique. For other cases in the Eur. scholia cf. sch. Vo Andr. 17 Schw. (perhaps really belonging to Andr. 20, to judge from a similar note by V3 on 20 Θετίδειον), sch. Andr. 107, sch. Thom. Hec. 976, Ph. 17 and 88. The point of interest here is apparently the duplication of the verbs of saying introducing direct speech, and the commentator may have in mind phrases like ἐνένιπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόναζεν (Od. 16.416, 19.89, etc.) or εἶπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόμαζεν (Od. 7.330, 21.248).
KEYWORDS: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος
Or. 365.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: ὅς μοι πλησίον σταθεὶς τάδε εἶπεν ἐμφανῶς. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2
REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaTYGrAa2, marg. Yf
APP. CRIT. 2: τάδ’ Gr | εἶπε Aa2 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,16
Or. 365.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐντὸς θαλάσσης ὢν καὶ ἀφανῶς μοι τοῦτο εἰπών, ἀλλ’ ἐμφανῶς καὶ ἐνώπιον στὰς καὶ διηγησάμενος. —ZrZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, not being within the sea and having invisibly told me this, but having stood visibly and face to face and told the story.
POSITION: s.l. Zm
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐνφανῶς Zm |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,14–16
Or. 365.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς καὶ οὐ διά τινος φαντάσματος —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Openly and not by some kind of apparition.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. Za | φάσματος ZlT
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,17–18
Or. 365.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς —AbCrF2MnPrRSOxXo2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 366.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha —T
Or. 366.08 (thom gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: ἀδελφός —ZaTCrOx, perhaps Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx, ὁ prep. T
Or. 366.11 (rec gloss) ⟨θανών⟩: θανατωμένος —R
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Vernacular form of τεθανατωμένος.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 367.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι τὸν χιτῶνα προσήνεγκεν. —OV3
TRANSLATION: For after Agamemnon bathed, she brought the (entrapping) robe upon him.
POSITION: s.l. V3
APP. CRIT.: τῷ ἀγαμ. om. V3
APP. CRIT. 2: -ήνεγκε V3 |
Or. 367.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἃ ἡ ἄλοχος ἔλουσεν αὐτὸν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2
TRANSLATION: (The bath) that his wife gave him.
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118, 19
Or. 367.03 (thom paraphr) λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου: τουτέστιν ἐν λουτροῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γυναικὸς ἀνῃρέθη. —ZZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, he was killed during his bath by his own wife.
LEMMA: T(λουτροῖς) POSITION: s.l. except ZmT
APP. CRIT.: after τουτέστιν add. περιπεσὼν Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.118,19–20
Or. 367.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἔλουσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅταν ἐφονεύθη. —Zu
REF. SYMBOL: Zu POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: κλυτ.] ἑλένη Zu
Or. 367.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: γυναικός —V1CrOxZaZlB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῆς prep. CrOx | αὐτοῦ add. Zl
Or. 367.11 (vet exeg) περιπεσὼν πανυστάτοις: 1περισσὴ ἡ περί. 2καί ἐστιν ὁ νοῦς· ἀποθανὼν, πεσὼν, ἀπολωλὼς τοῖς πανυστάτοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου. 3ἢ περιπεσών ἀντὶ τοῦ συντυχὼν τοῖς λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου· 4λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τὸν χιτῶνα περιήγαγεν· 5ὡς ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [1281]· ‘κτεῖν’, ὡς ἐν Ἄργει φόνια λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει’. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa
TRANSLATION: The prefix/preposition ‘peri’ is superfluous. And the sense is ‘having died, having fallen, having been destroyed by the final bath given by his wife’. Or else, (the compound with ‘peri’ means) ‘falling in with’ in the sense ‘meeting with the bath given by his wife’. For as he was bathing she wrapped the robe around him. As in Hecuba: ‘go ahead and kill me, since in Argos a murderous bath awaits you’.
LEMMA: MBVC, περιπεσὼν MnPrSa, πανυστάτοις Rb, λουτροῖσι Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBVPrRbSa
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 περισσὴ … ἀλόχου] παρὰ τοῖς πανύστοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου πεσὼν ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλὼς Rw | 1 ἢ prep. C | 2 ἀποθανὼν … ἀπολωλὼς om. B | after ἀλόχου add. πεσών· ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλῶς B | 3 ἢ … ἀλόχου om. VMnSa | 4 γὰρ τὸν om. M | after γὰρ add. ἀγαμέ(μνονι) B, τῷ ἀγαμέμνονι Rw | πε(ρι)ἤγαγεν M, προσήγαγεν C, προσήγαγ() V, προσήγαγε MnPrRbSa, προσήνεγκε BRw | 5 ὡς] καὶ VMnRbRwSa | ἐν ἐκάβῃ] ἐν ἑκάστω Mn(ἓν)Pr | ἑκάβῃ φησὶ B | κτεῖν’ om. VMnPrRbSa | φόνια λουτρὰ om. Rb | λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει] λουτρ’ ἀναμένει C, λουτρά M, om. B |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπωλωλὼς Sa | 5 κτεῖναι Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,12–16; Dind. II.118,21–119,2
KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός
Or. 367.12 (rec exeg) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: ἀποθανὼν. καὶ ἔστι περισσὴ ἡ περὶ. ⟨περι⟩πεσὼν ἀντὶ συντυχών —C
POSITION: intermarg.
APP. CRIT.: ἔτι C, perhaps corrected by a later hand | ⟨περι⟩ suppl. from prev.
KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός
Or. 367.16 (rec gloss) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: ἐσχάτοις —AbCrMnPrRRf2SOx, perhaps Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 367.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: πανύστατον πάντων ἔσχατον —B4
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. π 428 (similar in Photius, Suda, etc.).
Or. 368.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: ὁ μάντις —AbMnPrRa1Ra2S
POSITION: s.l. (except marg. Ra2)
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. Ra1Ra2 | ὁ om. Ra2
Or. 368.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμέ⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Μενέλαον —AaAbMnPrRS
POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. R (both instances), ἤτοι Ab
Or. 369.01 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ δὲ Ναυπλίας: ἀπὸ Ναυπλίου τοῦ πατρὸς Παλαμήδους —MBOCPrMnRbRwSa
TRANSLATION: Derived from Nauplius the father of Palamedes.
LEMMA: MnPrRb(ἐπειδὴ δὲ)Sa, ναυπλίας Rw REF. SYMBOL: Rb POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. OC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,17; Dind. II.119,4
Or. 369.04 (mosch exeg) Ναυπλίας: Ναύπλιος λιμήν· ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ Ναυπλία χθών. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2
TRANSLATION: Nauplius (is) a harbor, and from this also (derives) Nauplia, a country.
LEMMA: ἐπεὶ δὲ ναυπλίας G REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr, above 368 Aa2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ναυπλία χθών om. Aa2 (no punct. before ἀπὸ)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.119,3–4
Or. 369.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἔψαυσα —AaFMnRfXXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. AaXo, καὶ prep. F
Or. 370.01 (rec exeg) ἤδη δάμαρτος: μέμνηται τῆς γυναικὸς οὐκ ἐν δέοντι, ἔρωτι δὲ μεγίστῳ μᾶλλον. —VPrMnRbRwSa
TRANSLATION: He mentions his wife not in an opportune (rhetorically suitable) moment, but rather because of very great love (for her).
LEMMA: all except Mn REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: follows 371.01 MnRbSa, follows 376.01 Rw
APP. CRIT.: δὲ μεγίστῳ] Mastr., μεγίστῳ VRw, μεγίστω δὲ MnPrRbSa | at end add. δοκῶν ὀρέστου παῖδα Rw (corrupt lemma for 371.01)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,18–19; Dind. II.119,6–7
COMMENT: Punctuation is found after ἔρωτι in PrSa, and Dind. and Schw. punctuate there as well, but the other mss have no punctuation. οὐκ ἐν δέοντι is a standard phrase in criticism, so the punctuation must be there. I have moved δὲ on the assumption that after accidental omission, it was restored in the wrong position in the ancestor of the witnesses that carry it. Alternatively, one could accept that ἔρωτι μεγίστῳ cohere as a unit and that the conjunction follows the unit.
Or. 370.03 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἤτοι τῆς Ἑλένης —AbCrRRfZuB3aOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι om. B3aRf, ἤγουν CrZuOx | τῆς om. Rf
Or. 370.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἤγουν τῆς γυναικός —AaCrF2MnPrSSarOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] om. AaF2, καὶ CrOx, ἤτοι S | τῆς om. Aa
Or. 370.05 (thom gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: τῆς ἑμῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γυναικὸς prep. T
Or. 370.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: καὶ ἐξερχομένης —CrOxXo2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Xo2
Or. 371.01 (vet exeg) δοκῶν Ὀρέστην: 1ὕπουλα πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Μενελάου, 2ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων γνώμης κωμῳδεῖ, 3ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ [445–446]· ‘ὦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔχθιστοι βροτῶν, / Σπάρτης ἔνοικοι, δόλια βουλευτήρια’. 4πρὸ γὰρ Διοκλέους, ἐφ’ οὗ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐδίδαξε, Λακεδαιμονίων πρεσβευσαμένων περὶ εἰρήνης, 5ἀπιστήσαντες Ἀθηναῖοι οὐ προσήκαντο, ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Θεοπόμπου, ὅ ἐστι ⟨ἔτεσιν β̅⟩ πρὸ Διοκλέους. 6οὕτως ἱστορεῖ Φιλόχορος [Philochorus FGrHist 328 F 139a]. —MBVCRw, partial OMnPrRbSa
TRANSLATION: All the words of Menelaus are deceitful, (a portrayal) by which the poet mocks the unreliability of the Lacedaemonians’ attitude/mind, as also in Andromache: ‘O, most hateful of mortals for all people, / dwellers in Sparta, deceitful counselors’. For before Diocles, in whose archonship [409–408] he produced Orestes, when the Lacedaemonians sent ambassadors about peace, the Athenians, distrusting them, did not accept it, during the archonship of Theopompus, that is, two years before Diocles. Thus Philochorus records it.
LEMMA: MBC, δοκῶν Ὀρέστην παῖδα V(but not punct. as lemma) REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: cont. from 370.01 V, from 369. 01, add. δὲ, MnPrRbRwSa
APP. CRIT.: 1 πάντα om. MnPrRbSa | τοῦ μενελάου OSa, τῶ μενελ() Rb | 2–6 ἀφ’ οὗ κτλ om. O | 2 ὁ ποιητὴς om. Rb | γνώμης λακεδαιμονίων transp. MnPrRbRwSa | ἐκωμώδει MVC, καμωδεῖ Rb | 3 ὡς … ὦ om. MnPrRbSa | ἀροδρομάχην (or ἀρειδρομάχην?) Rw | ὦ] ὡς MVC | ἀνθρώποισιν om. MnPrRbRwSa | βροτοὶ PrSa, βροτοῖς MnRbRw | 3–6 δόλια βουλευτ. κτλ om. PrRbSa, βουλευτήρια κτλ om. Mn | 4 ἀφ’ οὗ VRw | πρεσβευσάμενος V | 5 ἀθηναῖοι om. V | προσήκουσαν Rw | 5–6 ἐπὶ … οὕτως om. VRw | 5 ὅ ἐστι] ὃς ἦν B | ἔτεσιν β̅ suppl. Jacoby | 6 οὕτως] ὡς B, οὒ των app. M |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 λακιδαιμ‑ Mn | 3 σπάρτοις Rb | βουλευτηρία M | 4 ἐδίδαξεν MV |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.137,20–138,2; Dind. II.119,8–14
COMMENT: Poets are usually said to satirize someone with the present κωμῳδεῖ. The imperfect ἐκωμῳδεῖτο with the target of ridicule as the subject is found in sch. Arist., but the present κωμῳδεῖται is about seven times more common in the same sense. Thus active ἐκωμῴδει as in MCV need not be preferred to B’s κωμῳδεῖ.
KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Philochorus | Euripides, Andromache
Or. 372.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨φίλαισι χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν⟩: προσφιλέσι, φιλικαῖς χερσὶ περιπτύξασθαι —X
Or. 372.04 (vet gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιλαβεῖν —M
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,3; Dind. II.119,18
Or. 372.08 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: †περιπλακεῖν† —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: corrupt for περιπλακῆναι (see next) or περιπλέκειν?
Or. 372.09 (thom gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιπλακῆναι —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: περιπλακῆχαι Zb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.119,19
Or. 372.10 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: καὶ ἀσπάσαι —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κατασπᾶσαι a.c., ασπᾶσαι p.c. Mn
Or. 372.12 (rec gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιβαλοῦμαι —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Apparently to indicate that the lemma is to be read as future and not aorist.
Or. 372.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨περιβαλεῖν⟩: περιπτύξασθαι —XaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2B3d
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.119,18–19
Or. 372.14 (mosch gram) περιβαλεῖν: 1περιβάλλω τινὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ περιπτύσσομαι. 2καὶ ‘περιβάλλει ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνδύει. 3καὶ παρὰ Φιλοστράτῳ [Philostratus Jun. 1.4.2] ‘περιβάλλων τοῖς τείχεσιν ἄνδρας ὡπλισμένους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ κύκλῳ τιθείς. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: ‘I cast around someone’ in the sense ‘I embrace’. And ‘god surrounds the sky in clouds’ in the sense ‘clothes it’. And in Philostratus, ‘casting armed men around the walls’ in the sense ‘placing them in a circle around’.
LEMMA: χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν G
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐν om. XoTYfG
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 περιφάλλων a.c. Y |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.119,15–18
COMMENT: The first quotation is based on Psalm 146:8 τῷ περιβάλλοντι τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις, which is often paraphrased in Christian writers with the participle in the nominative or converted to the indicative.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Psalms
Or. 372.15 (rec gloss) ⟨μητέρα⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν —V1Ab
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι Ab, om. τὴν
Or. 373.01 (vet exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: 1εἰώθασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτῶν προκόπτειν. 2καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος τοίνυν ἔφεδρος ὢν τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνον τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸν εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται. —MBVCRbRw, partial MnPrSSa
TRANSLATION: People are accustomed to reckon the misfortunes of their enemies as unimportant, because they want their misfortune to proceed to the point of death. And Menelaus, accordingly, being the successor looming over Orestes’ realm, defines his merely being alive as good fortune.
LEMMA: MBC, 371 δοκῶν ὀρέστην Rw, ἄλλως V, καὶ ἄλλως MnPrRbSSa REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: follows 373.06 VMnPrRbSSa
APP. CRIT.: 1 εἰώθασιν μὲν M, εἰώθαμεν VMnPrRbSSa | οἱ om. Rb | τῶν om. MnPrRbSSa | ἀποτυχίας Rw | εὐτελεῖς] εὐτυχεῖς MnPrRbSSa | θανάτου δὲ Rb | ἀτυχίαν] εὐτυχίαν Sa | αὐτῶν] αὐτοῖς Schw. (as if it were in M; cf. αὐτοῖς in O’s 373.04), αὐτὸν Mn, αὐτὴν Rw | 2 καὶ ὁ μεν. κτλ om. MnPrSSa | ἔφεδρος ὢν] C, ἐφέδρ(ας) ὦν M, ἐφεδρεύων BVRbRw | ἀρχὴ δὲ μόνον Rb | χωρίζεται Rb, πορίζεται Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,4–7; Dind. II.119,21–120,3
Or. 373.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα, 2ἐλπίζων δὲ περιπτύσσεσθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα ὡς σῳζομένους, 3παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τὸν θάνατον. 4τὸ γὰρ εὐτυχοῦντας ἀντὶ τοῦ σώους καὶ ὑγιεῖς. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, contrary to my hopes I heard of the death of Clytemnestra. For (he uses) the word ‘having good fortune’ in the sense ‘safe and healthy’.
LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in all POSITION: cont. from prev. in all
APP. CRIT.: περιπτύσσεσθαι transp. after ὀρέστην Rw | τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα Rw | τοῦ om. M | καὶ om. Rw |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 περιπτύσεσθαι MRw | 3 παρελπιδας MRw | κλυτεμν‑ M | 4 σῷους B |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,8–11; Dind. II.120,3–7
Or. 373.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὰ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα, 2ἐλπίζων δὲ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα περιπτύσσεσθαι ὡς σῳζομένους, 3ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἀνόσιον φόνον. —VRb
TRANSLATION: I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, I heard of the unholy murder of Clytemnestra.
LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ VRb POSITION: cont. from prev. VRb
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ κατὰ] ἐν Rb | 2 ἐλπίζω Rb | 3 καὶ add. before ἤκουσα V | ἀνόσιον] ἀλλόσιον Rb |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 περιπτύσεσθαι Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,8–11 app.; Dind. II.120,3–7 app.
Or. 373.04 (rec exeg) 1ἔθος ἐστὶ τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτοῖς προκόπτειν. 2καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος οὖν ἐφεδρεύων τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνην τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται. 3κἂν τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδάκρυον θάνατον, ἤλπιζον σὲ καὶ τὴν σὴν μητέρα ὑγιεῖς περιπτύσσεσθαι. —O
TRANSLATION: It is customary to reckon the misfortunes of enemies as unimportant, wanting misfortune to proceed to the point of death for them. And Menelaus, accordingly, looming over Orestes’ realm as successor, defines his merely being alive as good fortune. Even though I was weeping for the death of your father, I was hoping to embrace you and your mother in good health.
Or. 373.05 (vet exeg) τὸ εὐτυχοῦντας κακοήθως. —MC
TRANSLATION: The word ‘enjoying good fortune’ (is used) maliciously.
POSITION: cont. from 373.02 without punct. MC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,12; Dind. II.119,21 app.
KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως
Or. 373.06 (rec exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: κακοήθως, ὡς ὑγιῶς ἔχοντας —VMnPrRbSSa
TRANSLATION: Maliciously (expressed), as if (meaning) in a healthy condition.
LEMMA: all (ὡς τοὺς εὐτ. Rb) REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: cont. from 370.01 without marking of lemma Sa; precedes sch. 373.01 Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,12 app.; Dind. II.119,21
KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως
Or. 373.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας⟩: καὶ ὡς καλῶς ἔχοντας —CrF2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ὡς om. F2
Or. 373.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐτυχοῦντας⟩: εὐτυχῶν —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This could be a way of interpreting the accusative (plural) as used by antiptosis for the nominative (singular), or a grammatical note simply giving the nominative from which the lemma is formed.
Or. 373.12 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: 1τῶν ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ κτυπεῖν ταῖς κώπαις. 2ἢ τῶν ναυτῶν. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: (Meaning) of the fishermen, (the word being) derived from ‘strike with oars’. Or (meaning) of the sailors.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶν om. BRw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,13; Dind. II.120,7–8
Or. 373.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν ἐν ἁλὶ κτυπούντων ἠχούντων —V
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. Sch. M Hipp. 754b Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτυποῦν; Sch. M Hipp. 754c Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἠχοῦν.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 373.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων ναυτῶν —MnPrRSSar
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: app. ναυτον corr. to αὐτὸν Mn |
Or. 373.15 (vet gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν —HFKZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | τῶν om. FKZu
APP. CRIT. 2: ναύτων Zu |
Or. 373.18 (mosch exeg) ἁλικτύπων: ἁλιέων, οἳ ταῖς κώπαις τύπτουσι τὴν θάλασσαν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Of fishermen, who strike the sea with their oars.
LEMMA: ἁλιτύπων (as in text) Yf POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἁλιέων om. Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,8–9
Or. 373.19 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων —XYfZZaZbZlAa3CrOxB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. CrOxB3d | ἁλιεύς Aa3
Or. 373.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτύπον ποιεῖ —Zm
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 373.23 (rec exeg) ⟨τινὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ λέγοντος. —GMnPrRSSar
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. S, λείπει τὸ om. G
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 374.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: τῆς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω —ArAbMnPrSSarXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. ArAbMnS | τοῦ om. ArPrSar | τυνδάρεως Zc
Or. 374.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: τῆς θυγατρὸς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω —F2Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τυνδάρεως Zl
Or. 374.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: ἤγουν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —AaCrZuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Aa
Or. 374.05 (vet exeg) ⟨παιδὸς⟩: γράφεται θυγατρός. —MC
TRANSLATION: (For ‘paidos’, ‘child’) the reading ‘thugatros’ (‘daughter’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,16; Dind. II.120,16
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 374.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: γρ. παιδὸς. —SXo
LEMMA: θυγατρὸς in text SXo POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. S
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 374.07 (vet exeg) ἀνόσιον φόνον: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ φόνον, κακοήθως ἀνόσιον καὶ ἀσεβῆ φόνον καλεῖ τὴν τιμωρίαν Κλυταιμνήστρας. —BCRw
TRANSLATION: Although he should have said ‘pious murder’, maliciously he calls the punishment of Clytemnestra ‘unholy and impious murder’.
LEMMA: Rw POSITION: marg. B
APP. CRIT.: δέον ἦν Rw | first φόνον] φη(σι) Rw | after κακοήθως add. οὖν Rw | τὸν φόνον καλεῖ (om. τὴν τιμ.) Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,14–15; Dind. II.120,11–12
KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως
Or. 374.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: 1ἀνόσιον φόνον λέγει τὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ ταύτης υἱοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπράχθη. 2ἔδει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλὰ καὶ μυριάκις ἀπολωλέναι, αὐτόχειρα ἤτοι φονέα τοῦ οἰκείου ἀνδρὸς γενομένην. 3ἔδει δὲ ὑπ’ ἄλλου του καὶ οὐχ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου γεγενῆσθαι τοῦτο. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: He calls the killing of Clytemnestra unholy murder because it was done by this woman’s son, Orestes. For she should have been put to death not once but countless times, because she proved to be the ‘autocheir’, that is, murderer of her own husband. But this should have come about at someone else’s hands, not at Orestes’.
LEMMA: ση() written twice above the note in Z REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὀρέστης Zb | 2 καὶ om. ZbZl | ἤτοι] ἤγουν Zb | γενομένη Zb | 3 ὑπ’] καὶ ἀπ’ Zb | τοῦτοΐ ZmTGu |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ὑπ’ ὀρέστου Zl |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,10–11 and 12–15
Or. 375.01 (375–376) (vet paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνος —M
TRANSLATION: (The interrupted word order is) equivalent to ‘where the offspring of Agamemnon is’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: γώνος app. M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,17; Dind. II.120,17–18
Or. 375.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴπατ’⟩: ἔλεξα —Aa2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The glossator has misread εἴπατ’ as if it were εἶπα τ’.
Or. 375.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν τοῦτο φησίν —AaZa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο om. Aa
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 375.07 (rec metr) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 376.05 (vet exeg) ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά: 1καὶ ἐκ τούτου δῆλός ἐστιν ὁ Μενέλαος πονηρῶς ταῦτα λέγων. 2δέον γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρί’, φησὶν ‘ὃς τὰ δεινὰ εἰργάσατο κακά’. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: From this detail too it is clear that Menelaus says these things maliciously. For when he should have said ‘who avenged his father’, he says ‘who accomplished the dreadful evils’.
LEMMA: C, ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. B (at 377 on next page)
APP. CRIT.: 2 δέον] δὲ M | first ὃς] ὡς Rw | εἴργασται MBRw
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κἀκ τούτων B |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,18–20; Dind. II.120,19–21
COLLATION NOTES: κακά in M is blurred and ambiguously written, but it probably is κακά rather than καλά, as Schw. read. |
Or. 376.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά⟩: δῆλος ἐστὶ πονηρ[ὸς ὁ] Μενέλαος· δέον [γὰρ] εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρὶ’. —O
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: Restored letters obscured in binding.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,22–23
Or. 376.08 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ δείν’⟩: τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον —ZZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘The terrible evils’ refers to) the murder of his mother.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν φθόνον τῆς μητρὸς transp. Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,21
Or. 376.10 (thom gloss) ⟨δείν’⟩: φοβερὰ —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,21
Or. 376.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: ἐκαρτέρησε —Aa2MnZZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: -ησεν Gu |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,22
Or. 376.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔτλη⟩: ἐτόλμησεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: -ησε GZcB3d |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,22
Or. 377.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦν⟩: ὑπῆρχεν —Aa2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τότε add. Aa2
Or. 378.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλαθρον⟩: τὸ οἴκημα —Aa2AbCrMnPrRRf2SSarOxXo2ZlTa2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ praef. CrSaOx | τὸ om. MnRf2Zl
Or. 378.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλαθρον⟩: οἴκημα, τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον —B4
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. ps.-Zonaras 1347,12–14 μέλαθρον· οἴκημα. κυρίως δὲ τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον, ὃ καλοῦμεν ὑπότονον. ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ.
Or. 379.01 (mosch exeg) ὥστ’ οὐκ ἂν γνωρίσαιμ’ ἄν: ὅτε ἐν ἑνὶ ῥήματι δύο λέγεται ἂν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, τὸ μὲν ἓν ἐστὶ δυνητικὸς σύνδεσμος, τὸ δέ ἕτερον παραπληρωματικὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ δή. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: When in a single clause two (instances of the particle) ‘an’ are spoken, as here, the one is the particle of potentiality, and the other is a filler particle used in the sense of ‘dē’ (‘indeed’).
LEMMA: G (γνωρίσοιμ’ with αι s.l. above οι)
APP. CRIT.: ἐν om. TYYf | λέγεται δύο transp. X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.120,24–26
Or. 379.06 (tri metr) paragraphos —T
Or. 380.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος —MnOx
LEMMA: ὦδ’ in text Mn (ὅδ’ s.l., between ὦδ’ and gloss) POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox
Or. 380.07 (recTri artGloss) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: ὦ —AaF2MnPrRSaOxrGGrTZu
LEMMA: μενέλαε in text Zu POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox
Or. 380.09 (vet exeg) ὃν ἱστορεῖς: 1ἢ περὶ οὗ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς. 2εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία, ὡς ἂν εἴποιμεν ‘ἱστόρησα τὴν πόλιν’. —BCRw
TRANSLATION: Either ‘concerning whom you are asking’, or ‘whom you see’. For vision is called ‘historia’, as we might say ‘I saw (‘historēsa’) the city’.
LEMMA: CRw POSITION: intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: 1 οὗ] ὃν C | 2 ὄψις om. Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,21–22; Dind. II.121,8–9
COMMENT: For the juncture in the example, see Plutarch, Pompey 40.1 βουλόμενος ἱστορῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, Julian. epist. 79,11 (also a few times in Byzantine authors).
Or. 380.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἢ ὃν θεωρεῖς —MnPrS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: in Mn damaged continuation, perhap [ἢ] περ[ὶ οὗ] ἐρωτᾶς (the ἐρωτᾶς of 380.16 is separate)
Or. 380.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: 1ἢ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ βλέπεις. 2εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία. —OV3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 1 first ἢ om. O | ἢ βλέπεις om. O
Or. 380.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἐρωτᾷς —AbGMnPrRSSarZmZuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐρωτὰς S |
Or. 380.17 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ζητεῖς —CrROxXbXoT+YfGGrZcZZaZbZlTB3d
POSITION: s.l.; twice in T
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,9
Or. 380.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἐρευνᾷς —ZZaZbZlTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,10
Or. 380.19 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὁρᾷς —ZZaZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,10
Or. 380.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὁρᾷς οὐ γνωρίζων —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,10
Or. 381.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἀμά⟩: ἤγουν ἐμαυτὸν οὕτω κακῶς ἔχοντα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘My ills’,) that is, myself being in such a bad state.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. G | κακῶς Gr changed to καλῶς by Gu or later hand
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,11
Or. 381.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σημανῶ⟩: δηλώσω —AbCrF2MnPrSOx
LEMMA: σημανῶ in text all except μηνύσω FS POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 382.02 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω καὶ ταύτην πρώτην ἱκεσίαν ἐπὶ σὲ ποιοῦμαι οὐπώποτέ τινα ἄλλον ἱκετεύσας. 2πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή· 3νῦν δὲ πρωτόλειά φησι τῆς ἱκεσίας τὴν ἀπαρχήν. 4καταχρηστικῶς γὰρ πρωτόλεια πάντα τὰ πρῶτά φασιν. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: Meaning ‘I beseech you before all else and I direct toward you this supplication as my first, never yet having supplicated anyone else’. ‘Prōtoleia’ is properly the firstfruits of plunder, but now he uses it to mean the firstfruits of supplication. For they (authors) use the term catachrestically of all things that are first.
LEMMA: MBC, θιγγάνω Rw REF. SYMBOL: B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων] ἀντιπροσωπούντων C | ἱκεσίαν πρώτην transp. Rw | ἐπὶ σοῦ B, σοῦ Rw | 3 πρωτόλειαν φησὶ Rw | ἱκέτευσα Rw | 4 γὰρ] δὲ CRw | πρωτόλεια om. Rw | φασιν Dindorf, φη(σί) all (φησὶ transp. before πάντα B)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.138,23–27; Dind. II.121,13–17
KEYWORDS: catachresis
Or. 382.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω⟩: 1πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω. 2κυρίως δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ τῆς λείας. —OV3
POSITION: as sep. phrases in sep. margins O, s.l. V3
APP. CRIT.: 2 after δὲ add. πρωτόλεια V3 | ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή transp. V3 | ἀρχὴ O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,21–22
Or. 382.04 (rec exeg) τῶν σῶν δὲ γονάτων πρωτόλεια: πρωτόλειον μὲν κυρίως λέγεται τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς λείας ἐξαίρετον, τὸ ἀνατιθέμενον τῷ θεῷ· ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ πρωτόλειον ὡς ἐπίρρημα ἐδέξατο ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον ἢ πρωτοτύπως. —V
TRANSLATION: ‘Prōtoleia’ is used properly of the choice portion of the plunder, the part dedicated to the god. But here he interpreted the word as an adverb, equivalent to ‘in first speech’ or ‘in the first instance’.
LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,2–5; Dind. II.121,18–20
Or. 382.06 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτον, σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: Used for ‘prōton’ (‘first’), compound form in place of simple form.
LEMMA: B POSITION: cont. from 382.02 Rw, s.l. MC, intermarg. B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,1; Dind. II.121,17–18
Or. 382.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ πρώτως —AbMnPrRS
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT. 2: πρῶτος Mn |
Or. 382.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρώτως —RfSarXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. G, καὶ prep. Zc | πρῶτον a.c. TZm, πρῶτος SarZc
COMMENT: T’s use of the cross above seems somewhat loose here, as the Thoman gloss is πρῶτον, which he changed to πρώτως while adding the cross above.
Or. 382.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: καὶ πρότερον —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: πρω‑ a.c. Ox |
Or. 382.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: καὶ πρωτολείως —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The adverb is not currently attested in TLG.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 382.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρωτόλεια κυρίως τὸ πρῶτον τῶν κούρσων, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ ἐτέθη ἐνταῦθα. —Y2
COMMENT: κοῦρσον is a mid-Byzantine word for ‘marauding party’ (GLRBP and Kriaras s.vv. κούρσο, κούρσος).
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 382.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον —V3Y2Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καί prep. Zu, ἢ prep. V3 | κατὰ om. Y2
Or. 382.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Rewritten by B3d. |
Or. 382.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ, πρωτόλεια ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτα πάντων —Lp
APP. CRIT. 2: πρώτα Lp |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,20–21
Or. 382.18 (recThom gloss) ⟨θιγγάνω⟩: ἅπτομαι —M3VZZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἄπτομαι M3 |
Or. 382.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨θιγγάνω⟩: ψαύω —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAaZaCrOxB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 382.20 (rec gloss) ⟨θιγγάνω⟩: προσψαύω —H8F2
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: H uncertain (Daitz read it differently); check new image when available. |
Or. 383.01 (vet exeg) ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ στεμμάτων —HMOVCMnPrRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘without garlands’.
LEMMA: MCSa, ἄλλως ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος V, ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου MnPrRbRwS REF. SYMBOL: HRb POSITION: follows 383.06 V
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OVRbSa, τοῦ om. C | στέμματος V, στόματος MnPrRbSSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,6; Dind. II.122,9
Or. 383.02 (vet exeg) 1τὴν φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] ὁ Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’. 2κέκληται δὲ φυλλάς, ἐπεὶ ἐκ φύλλων ἤτοι ἐλαίας ἢ δάφνης {ἢ, ὥς τινες, τὸ ἐκ τούτων ἄνθος} ἐστί, 3καὶ ταύτην τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτουσι τῶν ἱκετευομένων. 4ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὴν ἐκ στόματος καὶ λόγων μόνων ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι. 5τὸ δὲ ἐξάπτων ἔφη παρόσον οὓς ἱκέτευον, τούτοις παρετίθεσαν τὰς ἱκετηρίας. 6Ἀχαιὸς Ἀζᾶσι [Achaeus TrGF 20 F 2]·
7‘νῦν οὖν ἡμεῖς ἱκέται θαλλούς
8τε θεῶν τε σέβας τίθεμεν πρὸ ποδῶν
9τῶν σῶν λῆξαι τῆς ἀστερόπου
10Ζηνὸς θυσίας’.
11τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου στόματος ἤκουσαν τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας} 12ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ ξηρὰ εὑρίσκεται. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: When supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, as in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands in his hands’. (This branch) is called ‘phullas’ because it is made of leaves (‘phulla’) either of olive or laurel {or as some say the blossom from these}, and they hang these from the knees of those supplicated. Now, since it is customary for those supplicating to hold out a leafy branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making the supplication that comes from his mouth and from words alone. And he said ‘attach/hang from’ because they used to set the suppliant branches beside the people whom they were supplicating. Achaeus (attests this) in his Azanes: ‘Now, then, we suppliants place before your feet the branches and the respectful offering to the gods, asking that we cease from the sacrifice to flashing Zeus’. Some have understood ‘mouth without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sickness’ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are generally found to be dry.
POSITION: cont. from prev. all, except cont. from 382.02 B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀφύλλου δὲ στόματος ὅτι prep. B | τὴν om. Rw | προέτειναν S | στέμμ’ Rw | after χερσὶν add. ἑκη() B, add. ἑκηβολ() ἀπόλλων Rw | 2 κέκληται δὲ Schw., ἢ κέκληται δὲ MC, ἢ κέκληται BRw | καὶ add. before φυλλὰς M | ἐκ φύλλων] εἰς φύλλον MC | ἢ ὡς … ἄνθος del. Schw. | second ἐκ] εἰς M | 2–3 ἐστὶ καὶ ταύτην om. B | 4 τοῦτο δὲ] Rw (cf. 383.03), τούτῳ δὲ others | παρῆν Rw | μόνην Rw | 5 δὲ om. M | ἐξάπτειν Rw | ἔφησε Rw | οὓς] οἷς MC | παρεπίθεσαν M, παρετίθεντο Rw | 6 ἀχαιὸς ἀζᾶσι om. M | 7 οὖν om. Rw | 8 τε θεῶν] στεφέων Wilam. Kl.Schr. 4.672 | θών or θεόν M, θεοῦ Rw | τε σέβας] γέρας Arsen. (editions before Dind.; γέρας del. Matt.) | τίθεμαι M | πεδῶν app. Rw | 9 τῆς] τὰς Rw | ἀστεροπῆς C, ἀστεράπ() Rw, ἀστόργου Wilam. | 11 second τοῦ om. C | 12 ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ BRw | εὑρίσκονται Rw |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 προύτεινον B | 3 ἐξάπτουσιν M | 4 πάρεστιν M | τοῦτο φησὶ BC (MRw unclear) | 5 παρ’ὅσον B | 6 ἀζάσι B, ἄζασι Rw | 7 θαλούς BC | 11 κατεξηραμέν(ου) MRw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,8–19; Dind. II.122,9–21
COMMENT: In the quoted fragment of Achaeus, Wilamowitz’s two emendations would change the translation to ‘the branches and the respectful offering of crowns’ and ‘from the sacrifice to cruel Zeus’.
KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Achaeus
Or. 383.03 (rec exeg) 1τὴν γὰρ φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων’. 2ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων μόνον ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι. 3τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας} 4ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ξηρὰ εὑρίσκονται. —VMnPrRbSSa
TRANSLATION: For when supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, and in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands’. So, since it was a custom for those supplicating to hold out a branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making his supplication with words from his mouth alone. Some (understand) ‘without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sicknessÆ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are found to be dry.
POSITION: cont. from. 383.01 all
APP. CRIT.: 1 προέτειναν S | χρύσης om. MnPrSSa | ἔχων] ἔχω τε corr. to ἔχω γε Mn | 2 φυλλάδα] φῦλλον Sa, φύλλειν S, φύλλων MnPr, φυλλ()΄ Rb | τοῦτο δὲ] τὸν τῶνδε V, τότε δὲ S | παρ[έ]στη Mn (damage) | στομάτ() Rb | μόνον om. Rb. transp. after ἱκεσίαν S | 3–4 τοῦ κατεξηραμ. … φύλλα om. Rb | 4 after φύλλα add. ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ Pr | ξηρὰ δὲ εὑρ. Sa |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 στέματ’ Mn | 2 πάρεστιν Rb, π(αρα)/ἐστι Sa | διατοῦτο VPrRbSa [Mn] | τοῦτο φησὶ all | 3 ἀφύλου a.c. Mn | κατὰ ξηρ‑ Mn, ‑ξηραμένου all except Sa (om. Rb) |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,8–19 app.; Dind. II.123,5–11
KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 383.04 (vet exeg) εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ λιτανεύοντες κλάδους φ[έρειν … ὡς] παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ. διὰ τοῦτο φησὶ φύλλων μὴ ὄντων τὴν ἐκ στόματος μό[ν… —H
TRANSLATION: Those making prayers in supplication are accustomed to carry branches [ … as] in Homer. For this reason he says that, there being no leaves, [he makes] the [supplication] from his mouth only.
POSITION: cont. from 383.01 H
APP. CRIT.: extent of first gap undetermined; e.g., τοῖς ἱκετευομένοις or καὶ τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων | e.g. μό[νου ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι] Daitz
Or. 383.05 (rec exeg) ἐκ φυλλάδων ἐστεφανοῦντο τὸ πρότερον —O
TRANSLATION: They (suppliants) were crowned with leafy branches in previous time.
POSITION: cont. from 383.01
APP. CRIT.: ἐστεφάνοντο O
Or. 383.06 (vet exeg) ἀφύλλου στόματος ἐξάπτων λιτάς: 1τὸ ‘ἀφύλλους λιτάς’ ἐνταῦθα εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ Μενελάου Ὀρέστης εἶπε ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς βιάζων ἐκεῖνον γενέσθαι αὐτῷ εἰς βοηθόν. 2οἱ γὰρ ποιούμενοι τὰς λιτὰς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀεὶ κλάδους ἐπεφέροντο νεωστὶ δρεφθέντας ἐκ δένδρων καὶ θάλλοντας καὶ φύλλων κομῶντας καὶ εἰρίοις πολυχρόοις ἀναδεδεμένους, οὓς καὶ εἰρεσιώνας ἐκάλουν. 3τρόπον οὖν τινα ταῦτα λέγει ὁ Ὀρέστης πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον ὅτι ἔδει τὰς λιτὰς ὡς θεῷ σοι προσαγαγεῖν μετὰ κλάδων, 4νῦν δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ πανταχόθεν εἰλοῦμαι παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις καὶ κωλύομαι, τοῦ ἐκ στόματος προαγομένου ⟨λόγου⟩ ταύτας προσάγω. —V
TRANSLATION: Orestes said here ‘suppliant prayers without foliage’ to honor Menelaus, trying to force him by very great honors to become his rescuer. For those who made their suppliant prayers to divinity always used to carry branches freshly cut from trees and flourishing and covered with leaves and bound up with wool strips (‘eiria’) of many colors, which they in fact used to call ‘eiresiōnai’. Thus in a certain way Orestes says this to Menelaus, that ‘I should have brought suppliant prayers to you as to a god along with branches, but as it is, because I cannot do this, since I am surrounded on all sides by bronze armor and am prevented, I bring these prayers of speech conveyed from my mouth.’
REF. SYMBOL: V (above ἱκέτης)
APP. CRIT.: 2 δρεθέντας V | 4 κωλύομαι Schw., κωλυόμενος V | λόγου suppl. Mastr. (cf. 383.03 τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων ἱκεσίας); τὰς ἐκ στ. προαγομένας Schw.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.139,20–140,3; Dind. II.122,22–123,4
COLLATION NOTES: For δρεθέντας rather than δρεσθέντας as read by Schw., compare εθ in ἔθος 12 lines later in V. |
Or. 383.07 (thom exeg) 1εἰώθασιν οἱ παλαιοὶ ὅτε ἱκέτευον τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας φέρειν ἐν χερσὶ στέφανον ἐκ φύλλων ἢ δάφνης ἢ ἐλαίας. 2ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· πρὶν διηγήσομαι τὰ ἐμὰ κακά, ἅπτομαι τῶν σῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων καὶ φέρων παρακλήσεις ἐξ ἀφύλλου στόματος. 3τουτέστι μόνον διὰ λόγων δέομαι καὶ οὐ προτείνω κλάδον ὡς ἔθος. 4ἢ τὸ ἀφύλλου στόματος νοητέον ἀντὶ τοῦ καταξήρου ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου. 5περιαιρεθέντων γὰρ τῶν φύλλων ἐκ τῶν δένδρων ξηρὰ τὰ δένδρα τυγχάνει. 6διὰ τί δὲ ἐκ δάφνης ἢ ἐξ ἐλαίας φύλλα προέτεινον καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἄλλου φυτοῦ; 7φαμὲν ὡς ἐπεὶ ταῦτα τὰ φυτὰ ἀειθαλῆ τυγχάνει καὶ ἱερά, 8ἡ μὲν γὰρ δάφνη τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ὡς μαντικῷ ἀνετίθετο, ἡ δὲ ἐλαία τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ ὡς καταδειξάσῃ πρώτῃ αὐτὴν ἐν Ἀθήναις, 9διὰ τοῦτο ἐξιλεοῦντο τούτοις μόνοις καὶ οὐκ ἄλλοις τισὶ φυτοῖς. 10πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως αἱ πρῶται τῆς λείας ἀπαρχαί, ἃς ἀνέφερον τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς αἰτίοις τῆς νίκης. 11δέον δὲ εἰπεῖν ἱκετικῶς, ἱκέτης εἶπε πρὸς τὸ θιγγάνω. —ZZaZbZmTGu, partial Ox2
TRANSLATION: The ancients were accustomed, when they were supplicating those superior to them, to carry in their hands a crown made of leaves either of laurel or olive. The overall sense is like this: before I explain my troubles, I clasp your knees, attaching and bringing prayers from a leafless mouth. That is, I beg solely through words and do not hold forth a branch according to custom. Or else one should take ‘leafless mouth’ to mean ‘dried up by illness’. For once the leaves have been stripped off from the trees, the trees are dry. And why did they hold forth leaves from laurel or from olive and not from another plant? We say that because these plants are evergreen and sacred—for the laurel was dedicated to Apollo as the prophetic god, and the olive to Athena as the one who first revealed it in Athens—for this reason they used to propitiate with these alone and not some other plants. ‘Prōtoleia’ are properly the first selected offerings from the plunder, which they used to offer to the gods as responsible for their victory. And though it would have been proper to say (using the adverb) ‘in the suppliant manner’, he said (using the noun) ‘suppliant’ construed with (the unexpressed subject of) ‘I touch’.
REF. SYMBOL: at ἀφύλλου ZZa, at στόματος Zl, at ἐξάπτων Zm, at λίτας Zb
APP. CRIT.: 1–9 om. Ox2 | 1 τὸν ὑπερέχοντα Zb | 3 μόνον διὰ λόγου Zl, διὰ λόγων μόνον transp. ZZa | 4 τοῦ add. before ἀφύλλου Zb | 5 δένδρα] φύλλα ZZa | 6 φύλλα] κλάδους Zl | 7 καὶ add. before φαμέν Zl | 8 ἀνετέθη Za | πρώτην Zb | αὐτῆ, ὴν s.l., Gu | 9 τισὶ om. Za | 10 αἰτίοις] αἰτίον changed from αἰτίος (accent thus) Ox2 |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 προτίνω Zb | 8 καταδίξαση ZT (not Ta) |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.121,25–122,8 and 121,22–24
Or. 383.08 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος εἶχον οἱ ἱκετεύοντες κρατεῖν ἐν ταῖν χεροῖν καὶ τεθηλὸς κλάδον. νῦν δὲ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἱκετεύων καὶ μὴ κρατῶν κλάδον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον τῶν σῶν γονάτων πρωτόλεια καὶ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον θιγγάνω, ἱκέτης ὑπάρχων ἐξάπτων καὶ κρεμῶν λιτὰς ἀφύλλου στόματος, ἤγουν κλάδον μὴ κρατοῦντος. —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: I find no parallel for κλάδον treated as neuter as here (neuter κλάδος, κλάδους is attested in LBG).
Or. 383.09 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος ἦν τοῖς παλαιοῖς τοῖς περί τι ἱκετεύουσι κλάδον ἐλαίας ἢ φύλλον κατέχειν ἐν τῷ στόματι διὰ τὸν ἔλεον. φησὶν οὖν ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐνταῦθα πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅτι τίθημι λιτὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφύλλου στόματος, μὴ κατέχων κλάδον ἐλαίας. —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀγαμέμνονα sic, by error of association for μενέλαον
Or. 383.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: παρακλήτωρ —MnXo2ZZu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Mn
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | -κλήτηρ app. Mn
Or. 383.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων —V3
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/παρέλκειμεταφορικῶς
Or. 383.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἀγεννοῦς —AbMnPrRS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀγεννᾶ S, ἀγενοῦς Ab
Or. 383.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καταξήρου —AaAbCrMnPrRSOxZb1
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx
Or. 383.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καὶ ἀκλαδηφόρου —F
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The gloss word is currently unattested in TLG.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 383.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν μὴ ἔχοντος κλάδους· ἔθος γὰρ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι κλαδηφορεῖν, ὡς καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’ ἢ φυλλάδας· ἤγουν καταξηροῦ. —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: φυλλάδας] φυλλ() Zu
Or. 383.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καὶ ἀφίλου —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀφίλου] only ί written above ύ Zu
Or. 384.01 (pllgn exeg) ἢ σῶσον ἐμὲ ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν, ἢ ἀφῖξαι εἰς καιρὸν τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων —Y2
COMMENT: The first paraphrase assumes the parenthesis proposed by Brunck on the basis of punctuation in ms A (faint raised dot after μ’ and comma after καιρὸν). A comma after καιρὸν also occurs in Aa.
Or. 384.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφῖξαι⟩: παρεγένου —AaAbMnPrRfSSarY2Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. RfZu | παραγενοῦ Zu, παραγίνου Sa | σὺ add. Mn
Or. 384.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφῖξαι⟩: ἦλθες —V3CrFROxXo2Zb1GuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. V3CrFOx
Or. 384.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀκμὴν τῶν κακῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὴν and κακῶν om. G
Or. 384.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: ἤγουν ἐγκαίρως καὶ συμφερόντως τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | τοῖς ἐμ. κακ. om. or lost to trimming Zl
Or. 384.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν⟩: ἐγκαίρως —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐγκέρκ(ων) corr. to ἐγκαίρκ(ων) app. Mn
Or. 385.01 (pllgn exeg) ἰδὼν ὁ Μενέλαος Ὀρέστην ταῦτα σχετλιάζων φησί. —Lp
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,12–13
Or. 385.03 (mosch paraphr) τί βλέπω; τίνα βλέπω ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω; —X
TRANSLATION: What do I see? Whom of those below do I see?
Or. 385.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων⟩: τίνα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν βλέπω —M
TRANSLATION: Whom of the dead do I see?
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,4; Dind. II.123,13–14
Or. 385.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λεύσσω⟩: βλέπω —M3Aa2AbCrF2MnPrRSOxXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb1ZcZlB3b
REF. SYMBOL: M3 POSITION: s.l. except M3
APP. CRIT.: τί prep. Y, ὅπερ prep. Aa2, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 385.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δέρκομαι⟩: γρ. δέδορκα —MnPrRS
LEMMA: δέρκομαι in text all POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: τί add. before δέδ. R
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 385.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨δέδορκα⟩: βλέπω —XaXbXoYYfGGrZbCrF2Ox
LEMMA: δέρκομαι in text CrOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 385.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκρῶν —M3VAaAbCrF2PrRSOxZZaZbZlZmB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx, τῶν prep. F2, add. before Aa gloss Aa2
Or. 385.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except Xo
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ om. TZc | ἤγουν τῶν om. GZc | second τῶν om. Y
Or. 386.01 (vet exeg) εὖ γ’ εἶπας: 1καλῶς με νεκρὸν ἐκάλεσας· 2οὐ γὰρ ζῶ ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν. 3ὅσον ἥκει εἰς τὰ κακά, ⟨οὐ⟩ ζῶ. —HMBC, partial VAaSar
TRANSLATION: You correctly called me a corpse. For I am not alive because of my troubles. As far as pertains to my troubles, I am ⟨not⟩ alive.
LEMMA: MCSa POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. VAaSar
APP. CRIT.: 1 φησὶ (or e.g. [εἰκότως]/ φησὶ?) prep. H | νεκρὸν με transp. Aa | ἐκάλεσας] ὠνόμασας B | 2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Aa | 2 οὐ] οὕτως C | ζῶ] ζῶν C | 3 ὅσον … ζῶ om. VSar | ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ H, rest lost in cut margin | ἥκει Schw., ἧκεν MBC [H] | οὐ suppl. Schw. |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,5–6; Dind. II.123,15–16
COMMENT: In the first sentence in H we cannot tell whether any preceding word occurred in the lost margin. Beginning a scholion with the word φησὶ is rare, but attested. In the third sentence, with δὲ included, it is possible that H had a different version, paraphrasing φάος δ’ ὁρῶ, such as ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ὸ φῶς ὁρᾶν ζῶ].
Or. 386.03 (thom exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι νεκρὸς εἰμί —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘You said well’) that I am one dead.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 386.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι τινὰ νερτέρων δέδορκας. —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,17–18
Or. 386.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ζῶ⟩: οὐκ ἄλλο κέκτημαι τῶν ζώντων εἰ μὴ μόνον τὸ ὁρᾶν τὸ φάος. —Lp
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,18–19
Or. 386.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | κακῶν om. Aa
Or. 387.01 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένος εἶ κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον. —X
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,20–21
Or. 387.02 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν —AaAbMnPrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZbZmZuB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AbZu, τως (= ⟨οὕ⟩τως?) prep. Aa
Or. 387.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριώμενος εἶ —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3d
REF. SYMBOL: Aa2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa2; cont. from 387.02 T
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa2
Or. 387.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ἔχων σὺ —AaAbMnPrRS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔχον Mn |
Or. 387.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: (The plain accusative ‘parched hair’ means) ‘in respect to my dry hair’.
POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses GZc
Or. 387.11 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: κατάξηρον —M3AaAbMnPrRSSarB3d
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν prep. B3d
Or. 387.12 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ποταπὸν κατάξηρον. ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία τοῦ ἠγρίωσαι. —ZZaZbZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Of some sort, (namely) dry. And this is an explanation of ‘you have become wild’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ποταπὸν om. ZaGu(Ta) | κατάξηρον] ξηρόν a.c. Zm, om. Gu (allowing Gr’s κατάξηρον below to serve) | ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία] ἑρμηνεία δέ ἐστι T, τὸ αὐχμηρὸν ἐρμηνεία ἐστὶ ZbZmGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,21–22
Or. 388.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: τὸ ‘οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις’ οὐ πρὸς τὸν λόγον τοῦ μέσου τὸ [387] ‘ἠγρίωσαι’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ [385] ‘τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων’. —ZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The words ‘not the sight’ are not a response to the statement of the intervening line, ‘you have been made wild’, but to the (earlier) line ‘whom of the dead do I see?’.
REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlT POSITION: s.l. ZmGu
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ μέσου TGu, τοῦ μενελάου others (truncated μεν() ZbZm)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,24–25
COMMENT: This unconvincing view is a rejection of the kind of interpretation offered in several of the following scholia and glosses. The Mosch. gloss 388.08 ἡ θεωρία perhaps espouses a similar view.
Or. 388.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: 1οὐχὶ τὸ εἶναι με τακερὸν καὶ ὠχριωμένον καὶ πανταχῶς πινώδη αἰκίζεται ἤγουν λυπεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον ὃ εἰς τὴν μητέρα ἐπεπράχειν. 2μετανοῶν δὲ τοῦτο φησι. 3οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου πάσχω αὐχμηροῦ ὄντος ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ὧν ἔπραξα. —Y2
TRANSLATION: It is not the fact of my being wasted and ghostly pale and entirely filthy that torments, that is, pains, but the deed which I accomplished against my mother. He says this in repentance. I do not suffer from my visage, which is dry, but from the deeds that I did.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 3 second ἀπὸ] ὑπὸ a.c. Y2
Or. 388.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ πιναρότης τοῦ προσώπου —V3
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The only instance of πιναρότης in TLG is Eust. in Od. 6.230 (I.251,33).
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 388.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: πληθυντικῶς γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ λογογραφίᾳ —Y2
TRANSLATION: For (the word ‘ergon’, ‘deed’, is used) in the plural also in prose writings.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 388.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: μαστίζει —XXaXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B4
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,25–26
Or. 388.19 (thom paraphr) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: ἀφανίζει, λυπεῖ εἰς μνήμην ἰόντα —ZZbZlZmTGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τουτέστιν prep. Zl | ἀφαν. λυπεῖ om. Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.123,26
Or. 389.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: ἄγριον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuAa2CrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 389.04 (thom gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: χαλεπὸν φοβερόν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,2
Or. 389.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨λεύσσεις⟩: βλέπεις —Aa2AbF2PrRSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox
Or. 389.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραι⟩: τῶν γὰρ ἀύπνων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ξηροί. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: For the eyes of people who lack sleep are dry.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,3–4
Or. 389.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις⟩: ἐξέλιπε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων τὸ ὑγρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν δακρύων. —Y2
TRANSLATION: For the moisture has been lost from the eyes because of the multitude of tears shed.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 389.11 (vet gloss) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: κατεσκληκυίαις νεκραῖς —HBCFV3Y2
POSITION: s.l. HCY2, intermarg. B, marg. F
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B, ταῖς prep. H | νεκρ. κετεσκλ. transp. V3, νεκρ. καὶ κετεσκλ. F | νεκραῖς om. H
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,2–3
Or. 389.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: app. ἤγουν ξηρ[αῖς (?)ταῖς νεκραῖς(?)] —H4
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Check new image of H when available. |
Or. 389.15 (rec gram) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: ξηρὸν ᾄδει· ξηραὶ κόραι· ὑγραὶ κόραι· ὑγρὸν ᾄδει. —Mn
TRANSLATION: He sings hoarsely (‘xēron’); dry (‘xērai’) eyes; moist (‘hugrai’) eyes; he sings with wavering(‘hugron’) voice.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: after second κόραι punct. in Mn as if end of note (:~)
COMMENT: Apparently this illustrates some possible sense of ‘dry’ and ‘moist’. I find no other collocation of ξηρόν with ἀείδω, but Oppian Hal. 2.412 has ὑγρὸν ἀείδων (of a drunk man as he walks home at night); medical writers attest phrases such as τὸ κατὰ τὴν κόρην ὑγρόν, τὸ ὑγρὸν τῆς κόρης, but no instances are found where ὑγρός modifies κόρη.
Or. 390.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: ἐστὶ δηλονότι, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠφάνισται ὑπερβολικῶς. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: Understand ‘is’, with the meaning ‘has been destroyed’, used in hyperbole.
POSITION: s.l. except X; over second half of line Y
APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ δηλονότι om. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,7–8
KEYWORDS: ὑπερβολή/ὑπερβολικῶς
Or. 390.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: 1ἐπεὶ ὁ Μενέλαος εἶπε πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὅτι [389] ‘δεινὸν λεύσσεις ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις’, 2ἀποκρινόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης φησί· 3τί λέγεις; ἅπαν μου τὸ σῶμα ἀπωλώλει, καὶ σὺ περὶ τῶν ὀμμάτων μου μόνον λόγον ποιῇ; —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Because Menelaus said to Orestes ‘you have a fearsome gaze because of the dry pupils of your eyes’, in reply Orestes says: ‘What are you saying? My entire body was destroyed, and you speak only about my eyes?’
REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 πρὸς om. Zl | 2 ὁ om. T | 3 second μου om. Zm | λόγον ποιῇ] ποιῆ τὸν λόγον a.c. Gu, p.c. τὸν deleted and α, β added to restore order λόγον ποιῆ
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λεύσεις all except T | 2 φησὶν Zb | 3 ἀπολώλει ZbGu [Zl] |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.124,10–13
Or. 390.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον γενήσεται· τὸ δὲ ὄνομα ἤγουν τὸ καλεῖσθαι με φονέα οὐκ ἐκλείπεται. —Zu
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: φροῦδον] φρονηκὸν Zu; alternative conj. φθόριμον
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκλήπεται (ἐκλ corr. from ἐκπι) Zu |
Or. 390.05 (rec gloss) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: ἀφανές —M3AbCrMnPrRSOxY2
REF. SYMBOL: M3 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M3
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 390.09 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ ὄνομ’ οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον λείπεται τὰ ἐμά. 2καὶ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον σαλεύει τὰ κατ’ ἐμέ, ἐπεὶ τὸ σῶμα ἅπαν μοι φροῦδον γέγονεν. —HMBVCPrRbSSa
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘my situation/existence is left (reduced) to a name alone’. And the situation with me is storm-tossed/totters, (reduced) to a name alone, since my entire body is gone.
LEMMA: V, perhaps Sa (faded), lemma τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον MC, οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι Mn(app. a.c. λέπέ)PrRbS(λέλειπέ) REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα] ἐν ὀνόματι B [H, Sa now illegible] | τοῦ om. C | τὸ add. before ὄνομα MnPrRbS | after ἐμὰ repeated καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα λείπεται τὰ ἐμὰ Rb | 2 καὶ εἰς ὄν. μόν. om. MnPrRbSSa | σαλεύει] λείπεται M(‑ετε)C | ἐπειδὴ H | πᾶν V, πάνυ MnPrRbSSa [H] | γεγονός V |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λείπεται] λείπετε M | 2 γέγονε Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,7–9; Dind. II.124,5–7
Or. 390.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ὄμμα. —MnPr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 390.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι Ὀρέστην —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Name’ here means) ‘my being called Orestes’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: after καλεῖσθαι add. με Zl | ὀρέστης Z, ὀρέστης ἢ φονεύς ZcZa, ὀρέσ() ZlZm
Or. 390.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ λέλοιπέ με⟩: μόνον κατελείφθη ἐν ἐμοί —Y2
POSITION: s.l., cont. from 390.05 above τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον
Or. 391.03 (rec exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: γρ. παρὰ λόγον(?) —MnPrR
POSITION: s.l. MnPr, marg. R
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. R | π(αρα)λόγ‑ Pr, περιλόγ‑ Mn | ending sign uncertain in MnPr, possibly ως rather ον (or even ους Pr); see 391.06.
COMMENT: παρὰ λόγον is in the text only in P, and there is a small grave as well as large acute on παρα in O (the grave is not large enough or positioned in a way that would make it certain that it is the correction; it may have been written first and corrected in scribendo). Aa has an apparent dot added between παρά and λογον, which is perhaps meant to indicated παρὰ λόγον as a correction.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 391.05 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον —AbMnSPrRZu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: τὸ om. Zu | προσῆκον om. S
Or. 391.06 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παραλόγως —VAaFRw
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See 391.03 for the possibility that MnPr attest γρ. παραλόγως.
Or. 391.08 (rec gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παρὰ τὸ πρέπον —CrRfOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 391.10 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: παρ’ ἐλπίδα —FKXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*GuAa2B3aB4
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. B3a; cont. from next, prep. καὶ, ZZaZbZlZmTGu
APP. CRIT. 2: παρελπίδα FXXaZZbZmTAa2, a.c. Y [not Ta] |
Or. 391.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: ἤγουν παρ’ ἐλπίδα διὰ τὸ πραχθὲν παρὰ σοῦ, ἢ παρὰ τὸ πρέπον —V3
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 392.01 (vet exeg) ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαιπώρου φονεύς: 1ἤτοι ὅτι μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν αὐτήν, ταλαίπωρόν φησιν· 2οὐ γὰρ πρὸ πράξεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν οἱ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν· 3ἢ προαγόμενος αὐτὸν εἰς ἔλεον διὰ τοῦ καθομολογεῖν τὴν ἀνοσίαν ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν· 4ἢ ὑπομιμνήσκων αὐτὸν ὅτι ἔκδικος τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπάρχει. 5τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος παρὰ τὴν πώρην, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ πένθος. 6Ἀντίμαχος [Antimachus fr. 54 Matthews = 48 Wyss]· ‘πωρητὺν ἀλόχοισι καὶ οἷς τεκέεσσιν ἕκαστος’, ἀντὶ τοῦ πένθος. —MBC, partial VMnPrRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: Either because he regrets having killed her, he uses ‘unhappy’ (‘talaipōros’). For we are not in fact the same (in our judgment) before action and after the action. Or (he uses the term) because he is inducing him to feel pity by admitting his own unholy action. Or because he is reminding him (Menelaus) that he (Orestes) is the avenger of his father. And the word ‘talaipōros’ is derived from ‘pōrē’, which means grief. Antimachus (uses this root): ‘they each of them (caused) grief for their wives and children’, (with ‘pōrē’) equivalent to ‘penthos’ (grief).
LEMMA: V, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαι() B, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς MCRw, ὧδ’ εἰμὶ MnPrRbSSa (ὦδ’ MnRb; εἶμι MnPrS, app. Sa) REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb
APP. CRIT.: 1–3 ἤτοι … διὰ τοῦ add. in blank space V1 | 1 μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν] ἀνεῖλεν V1Rb, ἀνεῖλον MnPrSSa, μετανοῶν Rw | αὐτὴν τὴν MnPrRbSSa | ταλαίπωρον ἔφη BRw | 2 οὐ γὰρ … τυγχάνομεν om. V1MnPrRbRwSSa, transp. after 3 ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν B | οὐ γὰρ B, εἰ γὰρ MC | after τυγχάνομεν add. ταλαίπωρον ἔφη MC | 3 ἢ om. BRw | προαγ‑ RbS, προσαγ‑ others (except προσώμενος Sa), ‑όμενον MV1C | διὰ τὸ MBCRwSa | τὴν ἀνόσιον VMnRwSSa, τὸ ἀνόσιον Rb | ἑαυτοῦ BV, αὐτοῦ others [Pr] | 4 ἢ om. M | μιμνήσκων M | αὐτὸν] ἑαυτὸν V | ἔνδικος S | τοῦ om. Rb | 5–6 τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος κτλ om. VMnPrRbSSa | τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος] τὸ δὲ ταλαιπώρου MC, ταλαίπωρος δὲ B, ταλαίπωρος Rw | 6 ἀντίμαχος κτλ om. Rw | πωρητὺν Dind. (after Sopingius), πώρητυ ἀλόχοισι B, πωρηαλέχοισιν M, πώρηαλόχοισι C | τέκεσι M | τοῦ om. C |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἤτοι] εἴ τι S | 3 πράξιν Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,10–16; Dind. II.124,16–22
COMMENT: For the statement in 2, since σύνεσις appears strikingly a few lines later, it may be relevant that commentators on Aristotle note the difference between φρόνησις and σύνεσις in similar terms of before and after: e.g. Eustratius CAG 20:369,4–5 ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τῆς πράξεως καὶ τοῦ τέλους, ἡ φρόνησις, ἡ δὲ (scil. σύνεσις) μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ τὸ τέλος. | In 3 προάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is attested in Lycurg. in Leocrat. 33 and Aristot. Rhet. 1354a25, while προσάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is not attested. | The third explanation (in 4) is hard to understand unless it reflects an alternative, far-fetched construal in which the adj. refers to Orestes, ‘the mother of a wretched man’. | For Antimachus (6), see Matthews, Wyss, and Sch. Soph. OC 14 Xenis. G. Sopingius restored the correct spelling πωρητὺν in the quotation in Sch. Soph. OC 14 in his note on Hesychius πωρητὺς· ταλαιπωρία, πένθος, p. 808 of ΗΣΥΧΙΟΥ ΛΕΞΙΚΟΝ cum variis doctorum virorum notis etc., Leiden 1668.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Antimachus
Or. 393.03 (vet exeg) φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις λέγειν κακά: 1λείπει τὸ ὥστε· 2ἤκουσα, ὥστε φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά. 3οἷον παραιτοῦ τὰ κακὰ πολλάκις λέγειν. 4ὀλιγάκις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδ’ ὅλως, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 5.800] ‘ἦ ὀλίγον οἱ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς’. —MBC, partial VMnPrRbRwSSaGu
TRANSLATION: ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied. I heard, and so spare speaking of the evils. As if to say, refrain from mentioning the evils repeatedly. And ‘few times’ is used in place of ‘not at all’, as in the (Homeric) line ‘Indeed Tydeus fathered a son little similar to himself’.
LEMMA: MC, φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις others except Gu REF. SYMBOL: VRb
APP. CRIT.: 1–3 λείπει … λέγειν] φείδου δὲ καὶ παραιτοῦ Gu | 1–2 λείπει … κακά om. Rw | 1 λείπει τὸ ὥστε] ἵν’ ᾖ VMnPrRbSSa | τὸ om. M | 2 τὰ om. VMnPrRbSSa | 3 οἷον … λέγειν om. VMnRbSSa | 4 ὀλιγάκις δὲ] ὀλιγάκις RwGu, τὸ δὲ ὀλιγάκις VMnPrRbSSa | τοῦ om. C | ὡς τὸ κτλ om. MnPrSSa | ὡς τὸ] ὅμηρος Rw | παῖδες (ἐοικότα γ. τ. om.) VRb | ἐοικότες (om. γείνατο τυδεύς) Rw | τυδεύς om. M |
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 οὐδ’ ὅλως B, οὐδόλως Gu, οὐδὲ ὅλως others (ὀδὲ ὅλως Mn) [M illegible] | ἧ B, ἢ VRb [M] |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.140,17–20; Dind. II.125,2–5, 125,7–9
COMMENT: The full explanation applies ὥστε to the connection between ἤκουσα and φείδου, but since a conjunction is present, λείπει is oddly applied (e.g. for ἀντὶ τοῦ). Perhaps at an earlier stage λείπει τὸ ὥστε was intended to apply to λέγειν, since that has to be taken as an epexegetic infinitive if one does not emend the line, and such an infinitive often attracts as gloss ὥστε or λείπει ὥστε (as in 393.22).
KEYWORDS: λείπει | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 393.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα· φείδου δ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ὥστε —H
TRANSLATION: ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 393.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: οὕτως συντάξεις· φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά, ἀντὶ τοῦ πεφεισμένως λέγε τὰ κακά. ⟨ἢ⟩ ‘ὀλιγάκις δὲ’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘καὶ ὀλιγάκις’, τοῦ δέ ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ καί κειμένου. —VRw
TRANSLATION: You will construe it like this: ‘spare speaking of the evils’, meaning ‘speak of the evils in a sparing manner’. ⟨Or⟩ ‘and/but few times’ is used for ‘and few times’, with the conjunction ‘de’ (‘and/but’) here being used in the sense of ‘kai’ (‘and’).
LEMMA: V
APP. CRIT.: ⟨ἢ⟩ Mastr., or ⟨τὸ⟩ or ⟨ἢ τὸ⟩ J. Benjamins (personal communication)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,1–3
COMMENT: In the second explanation, it is uncertain whether the original comment quoted the transmitted text δ’ (or δὲ) ὀλιγάκις and then the citation was corrupted to ὀλιγάκις δὲ, or the commentator was just careless. This commentator must be taking λέγειν as equivalent to an imperative, as does Moschopulos.
Or. 393.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ φειδὼ μὴ ἄλλη τις ἔστω σοι ἢ τὸ λέγειν τὰ κακὰ ὀλιγάκις. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, let the sparing be nothing other for you than speaking of the evils (only) a few times.
POSITION: s.l. except T
APP. CRIT. 2: κακὰ] κὰ Za |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,6–7
COMMENT: Thomas appears to interpret the infinitive as epexegetic.
Or. 393.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φείδου⟩: ἤγουν πεφεισμένως λέγε —F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λεγειν F
APP. CRIT. 2: πεφειμένως F |
Or. 393.17 (vet gloss) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: οὐδὲ ὅλως —HMCAbCrMnPrSOxY2Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx, ἤγουν prep. Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: οὐδόλως CCrOxY2Gu, οὐδόλως or οὐδ’ὅλως H |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,10
Or. 393.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: πλειστάκις κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις
Or. 393.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: θέλε λέγειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: ‘Be willing to speak’, (infinitive used as) equivalent to (imperative) ‘speak’.
POSITION: s.l. except XXo
APP. CRIT.: θέλε λέγειν om. G | ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε om. Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,10–11
Or. 394.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: συστελλόμεθα —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,14
Or. 394.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: φείδομαι τὸ ἐλεῶ, τὸ ἀκριβολογοῦμαι καὶ τὸ ὑποστέλλομαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα. —Lp
REF. SYMBOL: Lp
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀκριβολογοῦμου (changed from ‑ούμου) Lp |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.125,14–15
Or. 394.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ δαίμων … πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: διὸ λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται πλουσίως καὶ πολυτελῶς ἔχων τὰ κακά. —MBVC
TRANSLATION: For that reason he is compelled to speak, having his ills richly and sumptuously.
POSITION: s.l., except cont. from 393.03 B
APP. CRIT.: διὸ λ. ἀναγ. om. V | after ἀναγκάζεται add. ὁ ὀρέστης B | ἔχω B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,4–5; Dind. II.125,5–6
Or. 394.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὁ δαίμων⟩: ἡ τύχη —CrMnOxZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 395.01 (pllgn paraphr) διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἢ τίνα νόσον —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ποῖαν Zu |
Or. 395.03 (vet gloss) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: πρᾶγμα —MBCrF2GOxZb2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,6
Or. 396.01 (vet exeg) ἡ σύνεσις ὅτι σύνοιδα: 1ἐγκαλοῦσί τινες· 2πῶς γὰρ, φασὶν, αἰτιᾶται τὴν σύνεσιν, τὸ πᾶν αἴτιον τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐχουσῶν; 3ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ δισσῶν φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι, περὶ μὲν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ὑγιείας ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως, ἐν δὲ τῇ λύσσῃ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων· 4ὃ καὶ ἐπάγει [400]· ‘μανίαι τε’. —MBVCRw, partial O
TRANSLATION: Some find fault (with this line). For how, they say, does he blame awareness/conscience when the Erinyes are fully responsible? They do not realize that he is saying he is destroyed by two things, during the time of his (mental) health by his consciousness (of his crime), and in his madness by the Erinyes, as he in fact mentions hereafter, ‘and fits of madness’.
LEMMA: MVC, ἡ σύνεσις BRw REF. SYMBOL: BV POSITION: between sch. 397.01 and sch. 397.02 Rw; in two parts O, with (3) ἐν δὲ … ἐριννύων written beside 400 and a line from συνειδήσεως to ἐν
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 om. O | 2 γὰρ om. C | φασὶν Dindorf, φη(σὶν) all | αἰτιατικῆ Rw | σύνεσιν] σύνταξιν a.c. Rw | ἐρινύων om. Rw | 3 ὑπὲρ δισσῶν V | φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι] ἀπόλλυμι O (a.c. ἀπόλυμι) | περὶ] παρὰ VRwO | τῶ καιρῶ O | second ὑπὸ] ὑπὲρ V, ἐκ MC, ἀπὸ Rw | 4 ὃ … μανίαι τε om. O | at end add. μητρός add. M(app.)CRw, add. defective version of sch. 400.01 (beginning with μητρός θ’) B |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 παναίτιον V, παραίτιον Rw | ἐριννύων V | 3 ὑγείας OCRw | ἐριννύων OVRw | 4 ἐπάγη C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,7–11; Dind. II.125,19–24
COMMENT: περὶ τὸν καιρόν is common in all periods of Greek, and in tragic scholia see sch. 227.06 περὶ [παρὰ Rw] γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας, Sch. Aesch. Prom. 55a περὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σοῦ γάμου. In contrast, παρὰ (τὸν) καιρόν is common in the sense ‘contrary to what the occasion demands’, but for a temporal sense see perhaps Sch. Soph. OC 1530–4 Xenis παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τελευτῆς (παρὰ L and T, περὶ others, but they also omit τῆς τελευτῆς).
KEYWORDS: criticism and defence of poet
Or. 396.02 (vet exeg) σύνοιδα: μετὰ γὰρ τὴν μανίαν ἡ ἔννοια τῶν κακῶν αὐτὸν ἐδάμαζεν. —MBOVCMnPrRbSa
TRANSLATION: For after his madness the thought of his evils overcame him.
LEMMA: MnPrRbSa, ὅτι σύνοιδα δεῖν’ εἰργασμένος (not punct. as start of sch.) BV(δείν’)C(δεῖν) POSITION: s.l. (at 395 τίς ἀπ. νόσος) M, beside 395 O; cont. from prev. V, cont. from 397.02 BC
APP. CRIT.: μετὰ] κατὰ Sa | γὰρ om. MnPrRbSa | μανίαν] κακίαν M | αὐτὸν om. MO, αὐτῶν C |
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐδάμαζε CSa |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,12; Dind. II.125,17–18; 126,14–15
Or. 396.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ τῆς συνέσεως γεννᾶται ἡ λύπη. —V3Y
TRANSLATION: From the sense of awareness is begotten pain.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 396.04 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ συνείδησις —HCrFRfOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*B4
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. B4
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἡ om. RfZu, perhaps B4(obscured in binding)
Or. 396.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ μετεμέλ⟨ε⟩ια· μέση λέξις —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: μέση λέξις
Or. 396.12 (rec gram) συνέσις ἡ συνείδησις καὶ ἡ μίξις τῶν ποταμῶν —RfRw
TRANSLATION: ‘Sunesis’ means (both) consciousness and the confluence of rivers.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: ἡ συνείδησις om. Rf
COMMENT: The latter sense is attested only in Od. 10.515 and references to it in scholia and in Eustathius (in Od. 10.515 [I.392,5–8] and in Il. 1.8 [I.36,1]).
Or. 396.13 (mosch gram) ⟨σύνοιδα δείν’ εἰργασμένος⟩: σύνοιδα δεινὰ εἰργασμένος, καὶ σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ δεινὰ εἰργασμένῳ. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
APP. CRIT.: first three words punct. as lemma G | second δεινὰ om. XaXbYGGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,2–3
COMMENT: A comment on the two possible supplementary participle constructions with σύνοιδα.
Or. 396.19 (rec gram) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται. —Mn
TRANSLATION: Verbs of knowledge are construed with a participle.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This sch. is close to sch. Hec. 244 in Gu (misplaced above 249) πάντα τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα καὶ τὰ ἐναντία τούτων μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται. The only other instance of γνωστικὰ ῥήματα in TLG at present is from Max. Planudes, dialogus de grammatica, Anecdota Gr. II.84,14 Bachmann· Ὅμηρος τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα γενικῇ συντάσσει, οἷον ‘τόξων εὖ εἰδώς’.
KEYWORDS: Planudes
Or. 396.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἰργασμένος⟩: πεποιηκώς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox
Or. 396.25 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰργασμένος⟩: ἐργασάμενος —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Faint traces of washed out gloss by F2 might be this or the previous. |
Or. 397.01 (vet exeg) πῶς φῄς: διὰ τὸ μὴ πρὸς ἔπος ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, τούτου ἕνεκεν λέγει αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa
TRANSLATION: Because he (Orestes) did not reply with a (clear, exact) fit to the (preceding) utterance, for this reason he (Menelaus) says he has spoken unclearly.
LEMMA: all, except σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές B REF. SYMBOL: BVRb
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτον V, τούτων Rw | λέγειν V | ἀσαφῶς] BC, σαφῶς VMnPrRbSa, ἄσα ὅτι M, om. Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτου a.c. Mn | ἔνεκεν Mn, ἕνεκα VRw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,14–15; Dind. II.126,9–10
Or. 397.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν ἰδέαν ἐπύθετο τῆς νόσου, ὁ δὲ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔφη, τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πάντως νόσος, 2τούτου χάριν φησὶν αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι. 3τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως νόσος; 4ἡ λύπη, ὡς ἑξῆς λέγει. —BVCRw
TRANSLATION: Since he himself asked for the form of the sickness, but the other replied with ‘consciousness’, and this is not in every circumstance a sickness, for this reason he (Menelaus) says that he (Orestes) has spoken unclearly. What, then, is the sickness from consciousness? Anguish, as he says next.
LEMMA: B(repeated in marg.)C, σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές VRw REF. SYMBOL: V
APP. CRIT.: 1 μὲν om. C | πύθετο Rw | ὁ] ὡς C | τὸ συνειδὸς] συνειδὼς Rw | 2 αὐτὸν] αὐτῶ V | ἀσαφὲς Rw | at end add. sch. 396.02 BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,16–19; Dind. II.126,10–14
Or. 397.03 (rec exeg) τὴν ἰδέαν ἠρώτησα, σὺ περὶ τῆς συνειδήσεως λέγεις. —O
TRANSLATION: I asked for the type (of the sickness), you speak about consciousness.
Or. 397.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀκούσας ὁ Μενέλαος τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγοντα ὅτι ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως αὐτοῦ ἀπόλλυται, μὴ νοήσας τί λέγει ἀνταποκρίνεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκότα. —Y2
TRANSLATION: When Menelaus heard Orestes saying that he is being undone by his consciousness, failing to understand what he means, he replies to him as to one who has spoken unclearly.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 397.06 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφὲς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφὲς λέγειν. —M
TRANSLATION:
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ λέγειν σαφές M, transp. Mastr.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,20; Dind. II.
Or. 397.07 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφῶς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφῶς. —B
TRANSLATION: It is not speaking unclearly that is wise, but (speaking) clearly.
POSITION: intermarg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,20 app.; Dind. II.126,15–16
Or. 397.08 (pllgn gram) τὸ σοφὸν καὶ σαφὲς ὑπάρχει. οὐ μὴν δὲ τὸ σαφὲς καὶ σοφὸν. —Y2
TRANSLATION: What is wise is also clear. However, what is clear is not (necessarily) also wise.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 397.09 (thom exeg) ⟨σοφόν τι⟩: 1τοῦτο ἔμφασιν ἔχει ὅτι μόνον τὸ σύνεσις ἤκουσε Μενέλαος καὶ οὐ τὸ ὅτι σύνοιδα. 2τοῦτο γὰρ σαφέστατόν ἐστι. 3τὸ δὲ σύνεσις μόνον ἔχει τὴν ἀσαφείαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: This phrase carries an indication that Menelaus heard only the word ‘consciousness’ and not the words ‘because I am aware (that I have done terrible things)’. For this (latter phrase) is utterly clear. But the word ‘consciousness’ alone involves lack of clarity.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlGu, (to σαφὲς) Zb POSITION: s.l. Zm
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔμφασιν written twice a.c. Gu | ἤκουσεν ὁ μεν. Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἀσαφεία Za |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,6–8
Or. 397.10 (rec gloss) ⟨σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές⟩: ἐστὶν —AaAbGMnRSZu, app. Zl
LEMMA: σοφόν τι in text AGZu, a.c. Zl POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστι AaGS, compend. Ab |
Or. 397.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές⟩: ὑπάρχει —CrF2KOx
LEMMA: σοφόν τι in text CrFOx POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox
Or. 397.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ὃ νοεῖ τις, ἐκεῖνο ἀποφαίνεται καὶ σοφὸν εἶναι· ὃ δὲ μὴ νοεῖ οὐδὲ σοφὸν δύναται ἐπιγνῶναι. —G
TRANSLATION: What someone comprehends, that he declares also to be wise. What he does not comprehend, he is unable even to recognize as wise.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: οὔτε G
Or. 397.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ἤγουν τὸ δύσκολον —F2Y
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τὸ om. F2
Or. 398.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λύπη μάλιστα γ’ ἡ διαφθείρουσά με⟩: γρ. λύπη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ διαφθείρουσα, κατὰ κοινοῦ δέ. —C
TRANSLATION: It is also written ‘for it is anguish that is destroying (me)’, and (the phrase) is to be taken in common (with the nominatives in line 400).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 399.02 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: ναὶ ἀφόρητος, μεγάλη —ZZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (Supply) ‘yes’ (and then take ‘deinē’ as) ‘irresistible, great’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ναὶ] om. Z, ναὶ γὰρ Gu
Or. 399.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἡ θεός⟩: ἡ λύπη —V1AaAbCrFMnPrRRfSOxXo2ZZaZlZmZuTYGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. V1AbMnPrSB3a, ἤγουν prep. AaCrOxZu | ἡ om. Rf
Or. 399.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ θεός⟩: θεὸν καλεῖ τὴν λύπην· πάντα γὰρ τὰ πράγματα παρὰ τοῖς παλαιοῖς εἶχον θεούς. —Lp
TRANSLATION: He calls the pain (‘lupē’) a god. For among the ancients they considered all things to be gods.
REF. SYMBOL: Lp
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,19–21
Or. 399.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως⟩: πρόσεστι τῇ λύπῃ καὶ χαρά. —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This seems an odd comment, as if ἰάσιμος were not there or were separate from ἀλλ ὅμως. The phrase does not appear to be proverbial.
Or. 399.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως⟩: ὅτι ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἀπόλλει —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: suppl. Mastr.
COMMENT: Instead of emending, one could view the gloss as misplaced, belonging actually with δεινὴ earlier in the line.
Or. 399.11 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: δυναμένη θεραπευθῆναι —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZbZlZmT*
POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 399.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: δυναμένη ἰασθῆναι —V3Za
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δυναμένη om. V3
Or. 400.01 (vet exeg) μανίαι τε μητρὸς αἵματος τιμωρίαι: 1αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς, 2ἃς ὑφίσταμαι τιμωρίαν ταύτην διδοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial O
TRANSLATION: The ones that take vengeance for the bloodshed of my mother, the ones that I endure in giving this atonement for the killing of my mother.
LEMMA: M(θ’ αἵματος)C(om. τε), μανίαι τε μητρὸς Rw, μητρός θ’ αἵματος (not punct. as lemma) B, αἵματος τιμωρίαι others except O REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: cont. from 396.01 B
APP. CRIT.: 1 αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος om. B, αἱ om. O | αἵματος] φόνου s.l. O | 2 ἃς τιμωρ. κτλ om. O; punct. and rubr. as if ἃς begins new sch. Mn | ἃς] ἣν B | τιμωρίαν … τῆς om. Sa | φόνου τῆς μητρός transp. Rw | φόνου] μόρου MnPrRbSa |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τιμωριτ‑ a.c. Mn | αἷματος M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,21–23; Dind. II.126,22–23
Or. 400.02 (pllgn exeg) μανιάδες ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἤτοι αἱ Ἐριννύες, ὡς ἄντικρυς δὲ οὖσαι μανίαι ὠνόμασεν αὐτὰς οὕτως. —Y2
TRANSLATION: He should have said (instead of ‘maniai’, ‘madnesses’) goddesses of madness (‘maniades’) or ‘the Erinyes’; but since they are precisely (nothing other than) madnesses, he named them thus.
Or. 400.03 (mosch paraphr) μανίαι τε μητρός: μανίαι τέ με διαφθείρουσι καὶ ἐκδικήσεις τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
TRANSLATION: And the fits of madness and the punishments for the killing of my mother are destroying me.
LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYfGrZcAa2; καὶ ἐκδ. κτλ sep. in marg. with ref. Aa2
APP. CRIT.: αἱ prep. T | μανίαι τέ με om. Aa2 | καὶ αἱ ἐκδ. T, καὶ ἡ ἐκδίκησις Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.126,24–25
Or. 400.13 (vet exeg) ⟨αἵματος τιμωρίαι⟩: κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ [398] ‘διαφθείρουσά με’. —MBC
TRANSLATION: Understand ‘destroying me’ in common here.
POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ C | διαφθείρουσά Schw., ‑ουσί M, ‑ουσι BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.141,24; Dind. II.126,25–26
Or. 400.18 (rec gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: βο[ή]θ[ειαι](?) —H4
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Check new image of H when available. |
Or. 400.19 (moschThom gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: ἐκδικήσεις —XXbXoYfZbZlZmT*CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox, καὶ αἱ prep. Cr | ZmT in erasure (see next)
COLLATION NOTES: Ta misses the cross above in T, which is not obvious. |
Or. 400.20 (thom gloss) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: ἐκδικήτριαι —ZGuZuF, a.c. ZmT
LEMMA: τιμώριαι in text before erasure ZmT (see 261.12) POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: something more follows in F, too damaged to read (ἤγουν …)
